WO2024093869A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024093869A1
WO2024093869A1 PCT/CN2023/127555 CN2023127555W WO2024093869A1 WO 2024093869 A1 WO2024093869 A1 WO 2024093869A1 CN 2023127555 W CN2023127555 W CN 2023127555W WO 2024093869 A1 WO2024093869 A1 WO 2024093869A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mode
information
reference signal
sounding reference
signal resource
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/127555
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨培
陈雷
樊波
李铁
余政
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024093869A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024093869A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/0413MIMO systems
    • H04B7/0456Selection of precoding matrices or codebooks, e.g. using matrices antenna weighting
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H04W72/231Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the layers above the physical layer, e.g. RRC or MAC-CE signalling

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a data transmission method and a communication device.
  • the long term evolution (LTE) system uses low frequency bands for communication
  • the new radio (NR) system of the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5G) uses high frequency bands (for example, above 6G systems) for communication, such as 26 GHz, 28 GHz, 39 GHz or 60 GHz bands.
  • High frequency bands can achieve larger bandwidth and higher transmission rate. Due to the high frequency, the signal will experience severe attenuation during spatial propagation, resulting in severe limitation of signal coverage. Therefore, the NR system uses beamforming (BF) technology to obtain good directional gain, so as to increase the directional power in the transmission direction, improve the received signal to interference plus noise radio (SINR), and thus improve the system performance.
  • BF beamforming
  • the hybrid beamforming (HBF) technology which includes digital beamforming and analog beamforming, was finally adopted.
  • the antenna panel is the core component, and the beam is sent or received through the antenna panel.
  • antenna panels are based on the uplink transmission process of fast selection and switching of multiple antenna panels.
  • the definition of antenna panels and how they are reflected in the protocol are discussed in detail, but the issue of antenna panels on terminal devices sending transmission blocks at the same time is not involved.
  • the present application provides a communication method and apparatus that can effectively solve the problem of indicating the transmission mode of a terminal device in a multi-antenna panel scenario.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the communication method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip or circuit disposed in the terminal device, and the present application does not limit this.
  • N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N; the M modes include one or more modes of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, and the fourth mode; n is greater than or equal to 1,
  • the first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with different parts of the one transport block;
  • the second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of the one transport block;
  • the third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a layer number, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • the fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • the transport block is sent according to one of the N patterns.
  • the terminal device receives the first information to indicate the transmission mode of at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel detection reference signal resource indication on the terminal device, that is, the first information can indicate one or two modes of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode.
  • the present application can also be applied to the scenario of multiple transmission receiving points.
  • the terminal device sends a transmission block to one or more transmission receiving points through multiple precoding information and the number of layers, or multiple channel detection reference signal resource indications
  • the first information indicates the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel detection reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the first information indicates the third mode
  • the third mode is associated with A precoding information and a number of layers is one of the at least two precoding information and numbers of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode is one of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or,
  • the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or
  • the terminal device can indicate the first mode and the second mode through the first value of the first information, indicate the third mode through the second value and the third value of the first information respectively, and indicate the fourth mode through the fourth value of the first information respectively.
  • dynamic switching between the first mode and the second mode and the third mode and the fourth mode can be achieved, thereby reducing network latency.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the terminal device can indicate the first mode and the second mode through the first value of the first information, and indicate the fourth mode through the second value of the first information.
  • dynamic switching between the first mode, the second mode and the fourth mode can be achieved, thereby reducing network latency.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second information being used to indicate one mode among the N modes
  • the sending of the transport block according to one of the N modes comprises:
  • the transport block is sent according to the one mode indicated by the second information.
  • the second information when the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode, the second information can be used to enable the terminal device to determine a specific mode from the two modes, thereby accurately indicating the transmission modes of multiple antenna panels on the terminal device.
  • the second information is at least 1 bit in the downlink control information DCI, dynamic switching between the first mode and the second mode can be achieved, thereby reducing network latency.
  • the second information when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
  • the second information indicates the second mode.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the first information When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode
  • the first information indicates the third mode
  • one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
  • the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
  • the first information indicates the second mode.
  • the terminal device can indicate the first mode through the first value of the first information, indicate the third mode through the second value and the third value of the first information respectively, and indicate the second mode through the fourth value of the first information respectively.
  • dynamic switching between the first mode, the second mode and the third mode can be achieved, thereby reducing network latency.
  • formula including:
  • the first information When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode
  • the first information indicates the fourth mode
  • the first information indicates the second mode.
  • the terminal device can indicate the first mode through the first value of the first information, indicate the fourth mode through the second value of the first information, and indicate the second mode through the third value of the first information.
  • dynamic switching between the first mode, the second mode and the fourth mode can be achieved, thereby reducing network latency.
  • the first information is at least 2 bits in the radio resource control RRC, the media access control control element MAC CE, or the downlink control information DCI.
  • the transmission mode of multiple antenna panels on the terminal device side can be indicated without increasing the bit overhead.
  • the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
  • one or two modes of multiple transmission modes are indicated by introducing 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
  • the 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI indicates two transmission modes
  • the configured 2 bits in DCI can be used to indicate one of the two modes, thereby reducing the impact of standardization.
  • M 5
  • the M modes further include: a fifth mode
  • the fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
  • the determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the terminal device can indicate the first mode and the second mode through the first value of the first information, and indicate the fifth mode through the second value of the first information.
  • the terminal device can indicate the first mode through the first value of the first information, and indicate the fifth mode through the second value of the first information.
  • dynamic switching between the first mode, the second mode and the fourth mode can be achieved, thereby reducing network latency.
  • the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
  • the first precoding information and number of layers and the second precoding information and number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication can indicate the first mode associated with the terminal device, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the second mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number; the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number, or the second precoding information and layer number are associated with the third stream number; or,
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with the third number of streams.
  • the third number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second mode, and the second precoding information and layer number, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, can indicate the second mode associated with the terminal device, thereby performing transmission mode associated with the precoding information and layer number, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is a minimum value between the first stream number and the second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the second mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the first precoding information and number of layers and the second precoding information and number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
  • a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the third mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the first precoding information and the number of layers or the second precoding information and the number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: third precoding information and the number of layers, the third precoding information and the number of layers being associated with a fourth number of streams; or,
  • the at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
  • the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the third precoding information and number of layers, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two pieces of precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
  • the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the third precoding information and number of layers, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  • the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device, or the transmission mode associated with the channel sounding reference signal resource indication.
  • the fourth stream number is less than or equal to the first stream number and the second stream number, and/or the fourth stream number is greater than the first stream number or the second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated by the third precoding information and the number of layers, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, so as to indicate the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the transmission mode is accurately indicated.
  • the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: fourth precoding information and the number of layers and fifth precoding information and the number of layers, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a sixth stream number; or,
  • the at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
  • the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers
  • the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode
  • the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication
  • the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  • the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the fourth precoding information and number of layers and the fifth precoding information and number of layers, or the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number
  • the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the configuration of the antenna panel by the terminal device can be simplified.
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the number of ports of each resource in the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
  • the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
  • the configuration of the antenna panel of the terminal device can be simplified.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes:
  • the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
  • the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are associated with the first mode, the second mode or the third mode, and at least one antenna port associated with the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication is unrelated
  • the precoding information and the number of layers indicated by the fourth mode are the same as the precoding information and the number of layers in the first mode, the second mode or the third mode
  • the channel sounding reference signal resource indication indicated by the fourth mode is the same as the channel sounding reference signal resource indication in the first mode, the second mode or the third mode.
  • the terminal device does not need to switch from the first mode, the second mode or the third mode to the fourth mode, saving the indication overhead of the first information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by a network device, or can also be executed by a chip or circuit set in the network device, and the present application does not limit this.
  • the communication method includes:
  • the first information is used to determine N modes from M modes, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N;
  • the M modes include one or more modes of a first mode, a second mode, a third mode, and a fourth mode;
  • the first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with different parts of the one transport block;
  • the second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of the one transport block;
  • the third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a layer number, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • the fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • a transport block is received according to one of the N patterns.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the first information indicates the third mode
  • a precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and numbers of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode
  • a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
  • the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the method further includes:
  • the receiving a transport block according to the N modes comprises:
  • a transport block is received according to the one mode indicated by the second information.
  • the second information when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
  • the second information indicates the second mode.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the first information When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode
  • the first information indicates the third mode
  • one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
  • the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
  • the first information indicates the second mode.
  • the first information When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode
  • the first information indicates the fourth mode
  • the first information indicates the second mode.
  • the first information is a radio resource control RRC, a media access control control element MAC CE, Or at least 2 bits in the downlink control information DCI.
  • the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
  • M 5
  • the M modes further include: a fifth mode
  • the fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
  • the determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
  • the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the second mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number; the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number, or the second precoding information and layer number are associated with the third stream number; or,
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with the third number of streams.
  • the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is a minimum value between the first stream number and the second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
  • a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: third precoding information and the number of layers, the third precoding information and the number of layers being associated with a fourth number of streams; or,
  • the at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
  • the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two pieces of precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
  • the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  • the fourth stream number is less than or equal to the first stream number and the second stream number, and/or the fourth stream number is greater than the first stream number or the second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: fourth precoding information and the number of layers and fifth precoding information and the number of layers, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a sixth stream number; or,
  • the at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
  • the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers
  • the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode
  • the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication
  • the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  • the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number
  • the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the number of ports of each resource in the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
  • the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes:
  • the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive first information
  • a processing module configured to determine N modes from the M modes according to the first information, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N; the M modes include one or more modes of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, and the fourth mode;
  • the first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with different parts of the one transport block;
  • the second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of the one transport block;
  • the third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a layer number, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • the fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • a sending module is used to send a transmission block according to one of the N modes.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the first information indicates the third mode
  • a precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and numbers of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode
  • a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
  • the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive second information, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among the N modes, and
  • the sending module is further used to send a transmission block according to the mode indicated by the second information.
  • the second information when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
  • the second information indicates the second mode.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the first information When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode
  • the first information indicates the third mode
  • one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
  • the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
  • the first information indicates the second mode.
  • the first information When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode
  • the first information indicates the fourth mode
  • the first information indicates the second mode.
  • the first information is at least 2 bits in the radio resource control RRC, the media access control control element MAC CE, or the downlink control information DCI.
  • the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
  • M 5
  • the M modes further include: a fifth mode
  • the fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
  • the determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
  • the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the second mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number; the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number, or the second precoding information and layer number are associated with the third stream number; or,
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with the third number of streams.
  • the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is a minimum value between the first stream number and the second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
  • a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: third precoding information and the number of layers, the third precoding information and the number of layers being associated with a fourth number of streams; or,
  • the at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
  • the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two pieces of precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
  • the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  • the fourth stream number is less than or equal to the first stream number and the second stream number, and/or the fourth stream number is greater than the first stream number or the second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: fourth precoding information and the number of layers and fifth precoding information and the number of layers, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a sixth stream number; or,
  • the at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, the fifth channel The sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
  • the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers
  • the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode
  • the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication
  • the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  • the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number
  • the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the number of ports of each resource in the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
  • the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes:
  • the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
  • the constituent modules of the terminal device may also execute the steps described in the aforementioned first aspect and various possible implementations.
  • the constituent modules of the terminal device may also execute the steps described in the aforementioned first aspect and various possible implementations.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • a sending module configured to send first information, wherein the first information is used to determine N modes from M modes, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N; the M modes include one or more modes of a first mode, a second mode, a third mode, and a fourth mode;
  • the first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with different parts of the one transport block;
  • the second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of the one transport block;
  • the third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a layer number, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • the fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • the receiving module is used to receive the transmission block according to one mode among the N modes.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the first information indicates the third mode
  • a precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and numbers of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode
  • a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
  • the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the sending module is further used to send second information, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among the N modes, and,
  • the receiving module is further used to: receive a transmission block according to the mode indicated by the second information.
  • the second information when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
  • the second information indicates the second mode.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the first information When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode
  • the first information indicates the third mode
  • one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
  • the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
  • the first information indicates the second mode.
  • the first information When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode
  • the first information indicates the fourth mode
  • the first information indicates the second mode.
  • the first information is at least 2 bits in the radio resource control RRC, the media access control control element MAC CE, or the downlink control information DCI.
  • the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
  • M 5
  • the M modes further include: a fifth mode
  • the fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
  • the determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
  • the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
  • the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the second mode include: the first precoding information information and number of layers and second precoding information and number of layers; the first precoding information and number of layers are associated with a third number of streams, or the second precoding information and number of layers are associated with the third number of streams; or,
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with the third number of streams.
  • the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is a minimum value between the first stream number and the second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
  • a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: third precoding information and the number of layers, the third precoding information and the number of layers being associated with a fourth number of streams; or,
  • the at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
  • the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two pieces of precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
  • the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  • the fourth stream number is less than or equal to the first stream number and the second stream number, and/or the fourth stream number is greater than the first stream number or the second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: fourth precoding information and the number of layers and fifth precoding information and the number of layers, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a sixth stream number; or,
  • the at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
  • the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers
  • the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode
  • the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication
  • the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  • the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number
  • the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the number of ports of each resource in the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
  • the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes:
  • the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
  • the constituent modules of the network device may also execute the steps described in the aforementioned second aspect and various possible implementations.
  • the constituent modules of the network device may also execute the steps described in the aforementioned second aspect and various possible implementations.
  • a communication device comprising: a module for implementing each step of the communication method in various implementation methods of any one of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • a communication device comprising a processor, wherein the processor is used to execute instructions stored in a memory, and when the instructions are executed, the communication device executes any one of the first to second aspects above and any one of the communication methods in its various implementation methods.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a program, wherein the program enables a receiving device to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects and any one of the communication methods in its various implementation methods.
  • a chip device comprising a processing circuit, wherein the processing circuit is used to call and run a program from a memory, so that a communication device equipped with the chip device executes a method in any possible implementation of any one of the first to second aspects above.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions, which, when executed by a computer, causes the computer to execute a communication method as described in any one of the possible implementations of any one of the first to second aspects.
  • the terminal device receives the first information to indicate the transmission mode of at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel detection reference signal resource indication on the terminal device, that is, the first information can indicate one or two modes of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode.
  • the present application can also be applied to scenarios with multiple transmission receiving points.
  • the terminal device sends a transmission block to one or more transmission receiving points through multiple precoding information and the number of layers, or multiple channel detection reference signal resource indications
  • the first information indicates the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel detection reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic flow chart of an example of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic block diagram of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a schematic block diagram of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic block diagram of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG12 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, NR, etc.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the communication system can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • the communication system can also be a public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, an Internet of Things (IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • D2D device-to-dev
  • 5G NR new radio, NR
  • high-frequency bands such as 26GHz, 28GHz, 39GHz or 60GHz
  • 4G LTE long term evolution, LTE
  • High-frequency bands can achieve larger bandwidth and higher transmission rate. Due to the high signal frequency, the signal will experience severe fading during spatial propagation, resulting in severe limitation of signal coverage.
  • 5G NR uses beamforming (BF) technology to obtain good directional gain, and can increase the directional power in different transmission directions, improve the signal to interference plus noise radio (SINR), and thus improve system performance.
  • BF beamforming
  • hybrid beamforming (HBF) technology including digital beamforming and analog beamforming was finally adopted.
  • the antenna panel is the core component.
  • the beam sends or receives information through the antenna panel.
  • base stations (BS) and terminals are deployed with multiple antenna panels.
  • BS base stations
  • terminals in order to achieve wide area coverage in limited space and save costs, the deployment of antenna panels has a more significant impact on the performance of terminal signal transmission.
  • Current commercial products usually integrate 2 or 3 antenna panels in mobile terminals, while fixed terminals, such as customer premises equipment (CPE)/fixed wireless access (FWA), may integrate more antenna panels, such as 4 or 8 antenna panels.
  • CPE customer premises equipment
  • FWA fixed wireless access
  • the antenna panel in the embodiment of the present application can be a group of antenna sets.
  • the antenna panel in the embodiment of the present application can also be replaced by an "antenna set”.
  • a group of antenna sets may be a group of antennas that can independently or individually control the transmission power.
  • a group of antenna sets may also be a group of antennas that can independently or individually perform timing.
  • a group of antenna sets may also be a group of antennas that can independently or individually perform modulation coding.
  • the antenna panel in the embodiment of the present application may be a capability value set in the capability value set list of the terminal device. Therefore, the antenna panel in the embodiment of the present application may also be replaced by a "capability set".
  • the capability value set may include the number of channel sounding reference signal (SRS) ports, the maximum number of SRS ports, the number of layers sent by uplink (UL), the maximum number of layers sent by UL, the coherence type of the antenna port, etc.
  • an antenna panel may also refer to an SSBRI or a CRI.
  • the antenna panel in the embodiment of the present application may also be replaced by "SSBRI” or "CRI".
  • the correspondence between the capability value set and the SSBRI, or the correspondence between the capability value set and the CRI can be determined by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can report the correspondence between the capability value set and the SSBRI, or the correspondence between the capability value set and the CRI to the network device in the beam reporting.
  • the terminal device can report the capability value set or the SSBRI or the CRI to the network device.
  • the antenna panel in the embodiment of the present application may be an SRS set. Therefore, the antenna panel in the present application may also be referred to as an "SRS set”.
  • an antenna panel may be dynamically changed.
  • an antenna panel The board includes a capability set of 4 SRS ports.
  • the antenna panel may include a capability set of 2 SRS ports.
  • a transport block refers to a basic unit of data exchange between a media access control (MAC) sublayer and a physical layer for processing by the physical layer.
  • a transport block is a data block containing a MAC protocol data unit (PDU).
  • the mode in the embodiments of the present application may be a transmission method, a transmission rule, a mapping method, a mapping rule, or a method for determining resources.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include: a network device 101 and a terminal device 102, the terminal device 102 may be connected to the network device 101, wherein the network device 101 may also be referred to as a base station device.
  • the above-mentioned communication system 100 may include multiple terminal devices 102 and multiple network devices 101, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the present application can be applied to a variety of mobile communication scenarios, including but not limited to point-to-point transmission between network device 101 and terminal device 102 or between terminal devices 102, multi-hop transmission between network device 101 and terminal device 102, DC (dual connectivity) or multi-connection scenarios between multiple base stations and user devices.
  • the terminal device 102 in the embodiment of the present application may refer to an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV), an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a user equipment (UE), a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent or a user device.
  • UAV unmanned aerial vehicle
  • UE user equipment
  • the terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication function, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a terminal device in a 5G network or a terminal device in a future public land mobile network (PLMN) or a terminal device in a future Internet of Vehicles, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • wearable devices may also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are a general term for wearable devices that are intelligently designed and developed by applying wearable technology to daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories.
  • Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, and fully or partially functional devices that do not rely on smartphones. For example: smart watches or smart glasses, as well as those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing an intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and object-to-object interconnection.
  • IoT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through narrowband (NB) technology, for example.
  • NB narrowband
  • the terminal device may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, gas stations, etc., and its main functions include collecting data (partial terminal devices), receiving control information and downlink data from network devices, and sending electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to network devices.
  • sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, gas stations, etc.
  • main functions include collecting data (partial terminal devices), receiving control information and downlink data from network devices, and sending electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to network devices.
  • the terminal device 102 may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, a wireless terminal in a smart grid, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, etc.
  • the device for realizing the terminal function may be a terminal; or it may be a device that can support the terminal to realize the function.
  • a chip system the device may be installed in a terminal, and the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the network device 101 involved in the embodiment of the present application includes access network equipment, such as a base station, and the BS can be a device deployed in a wireless access network that can communicate wirelessly with a terminal.
  • the base station may have various forms, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, and an access point.
  • the base station involved in the embodiment of the present application can be a base station in 5G, wherein the base station in 5G can also be called a transmission receiving point or a 5G base station (next-generation node B, gNB).
  • the network device 101 in the embodiment of the present application can be any communication device with wireless transceiver function for communicating with the terminal device 102.
  • the device includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home evolved Node B (HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (WIFI) system, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., and can also be a 5G system, such as a gNB in an NR system, or a transmission point, one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or it can also be a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit, or a distributed unit (DU), etc.
  • eNB evolved Node
  • the network device 101 in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a central unit (CU) or a DU, or the network device includes a CU and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing the functions of the radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer, and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing, and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be converted from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or by the DU and the AAU.
  • the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU may be classified as a network device in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU may be classified as a network device in a core network (CN), and this application does not limit this.
  • the CU can also be divided into a central unit of the control plane (CU-CP) and a central unit of the user plane (CU-UP).
  • CU-CP central unit of the control plane
  • CU-UP central unit of the user plane
  • the CU-CP is responsible for the control plane function, mainly including the RRC layer and the PDCP-C layer.
  • the PDCP-C layer is mainly responsible for the encryption and decryption, integrity protection, data transmission, etc. of the control plane data.
  • the CU-UP is responsible for the user plane function, mainly including the SDAP layer and the PDCP-U layer.
  • the SDAP layer is mainly responsible for processing the data of the core network and mapping the flow to the bearer.
  • the PDCP-U layer is mainly responsible for at least one function of encryption and decryption, integrity protection, header compression, sequence number maintenance, and data transmission of the data plane.
  • the CU-CP and the CU-UP are connected through a communication interface (e.g., an E1 interface).
  • the CU-CP represents the network device and is connected to the core network device through a communication interface (e.g., an Ng interface), and is connected to the DU through a communication interface (e.g., an F1-C (control plane) interface).
  • the CU-UP is connected to the DU through a communication interface (e.g., an F1-U (user plane) interface).
  • the PDCP-C layer is also included in the CU-UP.
  • the network device 101 in the present application may be a device including a CU, or a DU, or a device including a CU and a DU, or a device including a control plane CU node (CU-CP node) and a user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and a DU node.
  • CU-CP node control plane CU node
  • CU-UP node user plane CU node
  • the network device 101 and the terminal device 102 can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; can also be deployed on the water surface; can also be deployed on an airplane, balloon or satellite in the air.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the scene in which the network device and the terminal device are located.
  • the terminal device 101 or the network device 102 includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and a memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or Windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the device for implementing the function of the network device may be the network device 101; or it may be a device that can support the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the network device.
  • Wireless communication between communication devices may include: wireless communication between network device 102 and terminal device 101, wireless communication between network devices and between terminals.
  • wireless communication may also be referred to as “communication”.
  • communication may also be referred to as “communication”. Described as “data transfer”, “information transfer” or “transfer”.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the application scenario includes a network device 210, a network device 220, and a terminal device 230.
  • the terminal device 230 includes an antenna panel 231 and an antenna panel 232.
  • the network device 210 and the network device 220 can be two base stations respectively.
  • the network device 210 and the network device 220 can also be two transmission receiving points TRP of a base station.
  • the above-mentioned application scenario may include multiple terminal devices and multiple network devices, wherein the number of antenna panels of the terminal device 230 may be multiple, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device when a network device configures multiple SRS resource sets for a terminal device, the terminal device can determine the SRS resource in the SRS resource set by receiving an SRS resource indicator (SRI) sent by the network device, and then determine the antenna panel and transmission precoding corresponding to the uplink transmission.
  • SRI SRS resource indicator
  • the precoding can be digital beamforming and/or precoding, or analog beamforming and/or precoding, or a combination of digital and analog beamforming and precoding.
  • the network device may configure one or more SRS resource sets for the terminal device.
  • An SRS resource set may include one or more SRS resources, wherein an SRS resource may include an SRS resource ID, a number of SRS ports, an SRS time domain type indication, an SRS period, a time-frequency resource position of an SRS in a time slot, and the like.
  • the network device may configure multiple SRS resource sets for the terminal device.
  • Each SRS resource set includes one or more SRS resources, and the terminal device sends the SRS resources in each SRS resource set to the network device.
  • Each SRS resource corresponds to an uplink channel.
  • the network device learns different uplink channel qualities through the received SRS resources.
  • the network device selects SRS resources according to the uplink channel qualities and indicates them to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends SRI, transmitted precoding matrix indicator (TPMI) and transmitted rank indication (TRI) to the terminal device.
  • SRI is used to indicate the SRS resource selected by the network device, and the terminal device can determine the SRS resource selected by the network device according to the received SRI.
  • the terminal device sends a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in the beam direction of the previously sent SRS resource.
  • Sending PUSCH here can also be understood as sending data on PUSCH.
  • the terminal device can further determine the antenna panel or antenna port corresponding to the PUSCH used for transmitting the PUSCH during the uplink transmission process according to the SRS resources.
  • TPMI is used to indicate the precoding matrix used when sending the PUSCH.
  • TRI is used to indicate the rank used when sending the PUSCH.
  • each SRS resource set includes at most 2 SRS resources, and each SRS resource is a multi-port SRS resource.
  • an SRS resource may be referred to as a channel, and in an embodiment of the present application, a channel may also be a transmission link.
  • the network device 210 and/or the network device 220 configures 2 SRS resource sets for the terminal device 230, namely, a #1 SRS resource set and a #2 SRS resource set.
  • Each SRS resource set in FIG2 corresponds to a network device.
  • the #1 SRS resource set includes two SRS resources, namely, channel 1 and channel 2 as shown in FIG2 , where channel 1 may be referred to as SRS resource 1, and channel 2 may be referred to as SRS resource 2.
  • the #2 SRS resource set includes two SRS resources, namely, channel 3 and channel 4 as shown in FIG2 , where channel 3 may be referred to as SRS resource 3, and channel 4 may be referred to as SRS resource 4.
  • the terminal device 230 has two antenna panels 231 and 232, and the terminal device can send four SRS resources to the network device through the two antenna panels.
  • Figure 2 shows that the terminal device sends SRS resource 1 and SRS resource 3 through panel 231, and the terminal device sends SRS resource 2 and SRS resource 4 through panel 232.
  • the terminal device can determine the antenna panel corresponding to the SRS resource, thereby determining which antenna panel to use to send PUSCH. For example, when the network device indicates to the terminal device that the selected SRS resource is SRS resource 1, the terminal device can determine that the antenna panel corresponding to SRS resource 1 is antenna panel 231, so the terminal device can determine to use panel 231 to send PUSCH.
  • Sending PUSCH here can also be understood as sending a transmission block.
  • FIG2 shows an example in which each SRS resource set includes two SRS resources.
  • each SRS resource set may also include only one SRS resource.
  • the network device can configure multiple SRS resource sets for the terminal device. Different from the CB uplink transmission, in the NCB uplink transmission, each SRS resource set includes a maximum of 4 SRS resources, and each SRS resource is a single-port SRS resource.
  • NCB non-codebook
  • FIG. 2 shows an uplink transmission scenario based on a codebook.
  • FIG. 2 is only an exemplary illustration and the present application does not limit this.
  • the network device can select one or more SRS resources and indicate them to the terminal device, and the terminal device sends PUSCH to the network device through the one or more SRS resources indicated by the network device.
  • the terminal device can use one or more SRS resources to send PUSCH to the network device through different transmission modes.
  • a PUSCH may include one or more transmission blocks, and an antenna panel may send a transmission block, or send a part of a transmission block.
  • the network device may indicate one SRS resource to the terminal device through one SRI, and the network device may indicate multiple SRS resources to the terminal device through multiple SRIs.
  • each SRI indicates one SRS resource.
  • the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device through the antenna panel.
  • the terminal device sends the transmission block to the network device through one or more demodulation reference signal (DMRS) ports of the antenna panel.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the four modes involved in the embodiment of the present application include a first mode, a second mode, a third mode and a fourth mode.
  • the first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and number of layers (Precoding information and number of layers), or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indicators (SRS resource indicators, SRIs), and different precoding information and number of layers or channel sounding reference signal resource indicators are associated with different parts of a transport block.
  • Precoding information and number of layers Precoding information and number of layers
  • SRS resource indicators, SRIs channel sounding reference signal resource indicators
  • different precoding information and number of layers or channel sounding reference signal resource indicators are associated with different parts of a transport block.
  • the first mode is a transmission method in which the same transmission block is sent simultaneously through at least two antenna panels on the terminal device, wherein different antenna panels send different parts of the transmission block.
  • the first mode is a transmission method in which at least two antenna panels simultaneously send the same transmission block, wherein different antenna panels send different parts of the transmission block.
  • the precoding information and the number of layers can also be referred to as "precoding information and the number of layers/number of streams", “precoding information and the number of streams”, etc.
  • the layer (layer) and the number of streams (rank) can be understood as equivalent concepts in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the precoding information and the number of layers can also be understood as the transmission precoding matrix (Transmission Precoding Matrix Indicator, TPMI).
  • TPMI Transmission Precoding Matrix Indicator
  • precoding information and the number of layers, precoding information and the number of layers domain, TPMI, and TPMI domain can be understood as the same expression.
  • the network device indicates the UE the precoding matrix (Precoding Matrix Indicator, PMI) and the number of streams (rank) used in the PUSCH transmission through the TPMI domain.
  • the channel sounding reference signal resource indication can also be called "SRS resource indication", "SRI", or SRI domain.
  • SRI is used to indicate the SRS resources selected by the network device, and the terminal device can determine the SRS resources selected by the network device based on the received SRI.
  • the terminal device sends the PUSCH in the beam direction that previously sent the SRS resource. Sending the PUSCH here can also be understood as sending data on the PUSCH.
  • the terminal device can further determine the antenna panel or antenna port corresponding to the transmission of the PUSCH during the uplink transmission process based on the SRS resource.
  • two antenna panels of the terminal device correspond one to one with two transmission configuration indicator states (TCI states), or two quasi-co-location (QCL) relationships, or two beams, or two TPMI domains, or two SRI domains, or two channel sounding reference signal resource sets (SRS resource sets), or two channel sounding reference signal resources (SRS resources).
  • TCI states transmission configuration indicator states
  • QCL quasi-co-location
  • Two TCI states, or two QCL relationships, or two beams, or two TPMI domains, or two SRI domains, or two SRS resource sets, or two SRS resources are associated with two antenna panels.
  • one TCI state, or one QCL relationship, or one beam, or one TPMI domain, or one SRI domain, or one SRS resource set, or one SRS resource is associated with one antenna panel.
  • the terminal device sends a data transmission mode of different layers at the same time, or a transmission mode of different layers of the same data at the same time, or a transmission mode of different layers of the same data at the same time according to 2 TCI states, or 2 QCL relationships, or 2 beams, or 2 TPMI domains, or 2 SRI domains, or 2 SRS resource sets (first SRS resource set and second SRS resource set), or 2 SRS resources at the same time, or at the same moment, or at the same time period.
  • a data layer 0 is sent through the first TPMI
  • a data layer 1 is sent through the second TPMI.
  • 2 TPMI domains, or 2 SRI domains, or 2 Two TCI states, or two QCL relationships, or two SRS resource sets are associated with two code division multiplexing groups (CDMgroups).
  • each SRS resource set, or each TPMI domain, or each SRI domain is associated with a maximum number of streams (max rank).
  • antenna panel 231 and antenna panel 232 send the same transmission block at the same time, where different parts of the same transmission block are sent through antenna panel 231 and antenna panel 232, or antenna panel 231 and antenna panel 232 on terminal device 230 send a transmission block respectively at the same time.
  • the terminal device can send transmission blocks to the same network device through multiple antenna panels, or send transmission blocks to different network devices.
  • the terminal device 230 sends a part of a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231, and the terminal device simultaneously sends another part of the transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232.
  • the terminal device 230 sends a part of a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231, and the terminal device simultaneously sends another part of the transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 232.
  • the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 , and the terminal device simultaneously sends another transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232 .
  • the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 , and the terminal device simultaneously sends another transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 232 .
  • the first mode can also be understood as sending transmission blocks simultaneously on at least two antenna panels according to the SRS resources indicated by multiple SRIs, and sending transmission blocks on each antenna panel according to one SRS resource.
  • the terminal device when the network device indicates SRS resource 1 and SRS resource 4 to the terminal device through two SRIs, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through channel 1 on the antenna panel 231, and at the same time, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 220 through channel 4 on the antenna panel 232.
  • the SRS resource indicated by the SRI and the DMRS port used to send the transmission block on the antenna panel can be referred to as having a co-location relationship. Therefore, the first mode can also be understood as sending transmission blocks simultaneously on at least 2 antenna panels according to multiple co-location relationships.
  • the "simultaneous" in the first mode of the embodiment of the present application can be understood as at least two antenna panels on the terminal device having an intersection within the time unit of sending transmission blocks to the network device, or “simultaneous” can be understood as the same moment, or “simultaneous” can be understood as the same time.
  • the first mode can also be called space division multiplexing (SDM) mode, or SDM transmission mode.
  • SDM space division multiplexing
  • the second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and numbers of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and numbers of layers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of a transport block.
  • the second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to two precoding information and numbers of layers, or two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and numbers of layers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of a transport block.
  • precoding information and number of layers, channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and antenna panel please refer to the description in the aforementioned first mode.
  • the second mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device simultaneously sends the same transmission block through at least two antenna panels.
  • the terminal device sends the same data stream of a data, or sends the same data, or sends the same data/data stream at the same time, or at the same moment, or at the same time, or at the same time, or at the same time, according to (or using) 2 TCI states, or 2 QCL relationships, or 2 beams, or 2 TPMI domains, or 2 SRI domains, or 2 SRS resource sets, or 2 SRS resources.
  • 2 TCI states, or 2 QCL relationships, or 2 beams or 2 TPMI domains, or 2 SRI domains, or 2 SRS resource sets, or 2 SRS resources.
  • one data is sent through 2 TPMIs.
  • 2 TPMI domains, or 2 SRI domains, or 2 TCI states, or 2 QCL relationships, or 2 SRS resource sets are associated with a CDM group.
  • two SRS resource sets, or two TPMI domains, or two SRI domains are associated with the maximum number of the same stream.
  • the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 at a first moment, and then the terminal device 230 sends the same transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 232 at a first moment.
  • the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 , and at the same time, the terminal device 230 sends the same transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 232 .
  • the same transport block means that the information or data carried in two or more transport blocks is the same.
  • the same transport block refers to the same part of a transport block.
  • the same transport block refers to different redundancy versions of a transport block.
  • a time point can be understood as a time unit.
  • time unit in the embodiments of the present application may be: one or more symbols, one or more time slots, one or more mini slots, one or more frames, one or more subframes, or one or more half frames.
  • antenna panel 231 and antenna panel 232 send the same transmission block at the same time, wherein the same part of the same transmission block is sent through antenna panel 231 and antenna panel 232, or antenna panel 231 and antenna panel 232 on terminal device 230 send the same transmission block at the same time respectively.
  • the terminal device can send transmission blocks to the same network device through multiple antenna panels.
  • the terminal device 230 sends a part of a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231, and the terminal device simultaneously sends the same part of the transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232.
  • the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 , and the terminal device simultaneously sends the same transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232 .
  • the second mode can also be understood as sending transmission blocks on at least two antenna panels simultaneously according to the SRS resources indicated by multiple SRIs, and sending transmission blocks on each antenna panel according to one SRS resource.
  • the terminal device when the network device indicates SRS resource 1 and SRS resource 4 to the terminal device through two SRIs, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through channel 1 on the antenna panel 231, and at the same time, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 220 through channel 4 on the antenna panel 232.
  • the SRS resource indicated by the SRI and the DMRS port used to send the transmission block on the antenna panel can be referred to as having a co-location relationship. Therefore, the second mode can also be understood as sending the same transmission block on at least two antenna panels simultaneously according to multiple co-location relationships.
  • the second mode can be also called single frequency network (SFN) mode, or SFN transmission mode.
  • SFN single frequency network
  • the first mode is applicable to enhanced mobile broadband (Enhanced Mobile Broadband, eMBB), that is, a large-capacity scenario
  • the second mode is applicable to ultra-reliable low-latency communications (Ultra-Reliable Low-Latency Communications, URLLC), that is, a high-reliability scenario.
  • eMBB enhanced Mobile Broadband
  • URLLC Ultra-Reliable Low-Latency Communications
  • the third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a number of layers, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication.
  • a precoding information and a number of layers, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication please refer to the description of the first mode above.
  • the third mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device through an antenna panel, or a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device according to an antenna panel, or a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device on an antenna panel.
  • the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231.
  • the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 and the network device 220 through the antenna panel 231.
  • the terminal device uses 1 TCI state, or 1 QCL relationship, or 1 beam, or 1 TPMI domain, or 1 SRI domain, or 1 SRS resource set, or 1 SRS resource to send data.
  • the terminal device uses the first TCI state (or the second TCI state), or the first QCL (or the second QCL) to send data.
  • the transmission can be a single transmission or multiple transmissions.
  • the third mode can also be expressed as sending a transmission block through an antenna panel according to an SRS resource set configuration.
  • the third mode means that when the network device configures an SRS resource set for the terminal device, and the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device through an antenna panel, then it is the third mode.
  • the third mode can be understood as the terminal device 230 sending a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231, or the terminal device 230 sending a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232.
  • the third mode can also be understood as sending a transmission block on an antenna panel according to an SRS resource indicated by an SRI.
  • an SRS resource indicated by an SRI For example, as shown in FIG2, when the network device indicates SRS resource 1 to the terminal device through an SRI, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through channel 1 on the antenna panel 231.
  • the SRS resource indicated by the SRI and the DMRS port used to send the transmission block on the antenna panel can be referred to as having a co-location relationship. Therefore, the third mode can also be understood as sending a transmission block according to a co-location relationship.
  • the third mode can also be called a single transmission receiving point (trp, sTRP) mode, or a sTRP transmission mode.
  • the fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication.
  • the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode may be one or two, and the channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode may be one or two.
  • the channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the antenna panel refer to the description in the aforementioned first mode.
  • the fourth mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device via one antenna panel, or a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device according to one antenna panel, or a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device on one antenna panel.
  • the fourth mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device via two antenna panels, or a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device according to two antenna panels, or a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device on two antenna panels.
  • the terminal device transmits data using 1 TCI state, or 1 QCL relationship, or 1 beam, or 1 TPMI domain, or 1 SRI domain, or 1 SRS resource set, or 1 SRS resource.
  • the transmission may be a single transmission or multiple transmissions.
  • the difference between the fourth mode and the third mode is that the size of the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode is greater than the size of the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode.
  • the fourth mode can also be expressed as sending a transmission block through an antenna panel according to an SRS resource set configuration.
  • the fourth mode means that when the network device configures an SRS resource set for the terminal device, and the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device through an antenna panel, then it is the fourth mode.
  • the fourth mode can be understood as the terminal device 230 sending a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231, or the terminal device 230 sending a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232.
  • the fourth mode can also be understood as sending a transmission block on an antenna panel according to an SRS resource indicated by an SRI.
  • an SRS resource indicated by an SRI when the network device indicates SRS resource 1 to the terminal device through an SRI, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through channel 1 on the antenna panel 231.
  • the SRS resource indicated by the SRI and the DMRS port used to send the transmission block on the antenna panel can be referred to as having a co-location relationship. Therefore, the fourth mode can also be understood as sending a transmission block according to a co-location relationship.
  • the fourth mode can also be called another sTRP mode, or another sTRP transmission mode.
  • both the third mode and the fourth mode can be called sTRP mode, the difference being that the size of one precoding information and number of layers associated with the third mode is smaller than the size of one precoding information and number of layers associated with the fourth mode, or the size of one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode is smaller than the size of one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode.
  • the third mode is associated with one precoding information and number of layers
  • the fourth mode is associated with two precoding information and number of layers.
  • the third mode is associated with one channel sounding reference signal resource indication
  • the fourth mode is associated with two channel sounding reference signal resource indications.
  • a fifth mode may also be involved.
  • the fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications.
  • the fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to two precoding information and the number of layers, or two channel sounding reference signal resource indications.
  • the precoding information and the number of layers, the channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the antenna panel please refer to the description of the first mode above.
  • the fifth mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends the same transmission block at at least two times through at least one antenna panel, wherein the transmission block is sent through one antenna panel at each of the at least two times.
  • the fifth mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends the same transmission block at at least two times according to at least one antenna panel, wherein the transmission block is sent according to one antenna panel at each of the at least two times.
  • the fifth mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends the same transmission block at at least two times on at least one antenna panel, wherein the transmission block is sent on one antenna panel at each of the at least two times.
  • the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 at a first moment, and then the terminal device 230 sends the same transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 232 at a second moment, wherein the first moment is different from the second moment.
  • the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 via the antenna panel 231 at a first moment, and then the terminal device 230 sends the same transmission block to the network device 220 via the antenna panel 231 at a second moment, wherein the first moment and the second moment are different. same.
  • the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 via the antenna panel 231 at a first moment, and then the terminal device 230 sends the same transmission block to the network device 210 via the antenna panel 232 at a second moment, wherein the first moment is different from the second moment.
  • the same transport block means that the information or data carried in two or more transport blocks are the same.
  • the same transport block refers to different redundancy versions of a transport block.
  • the moment can be understood as a time unit. Accordingly, the first moment and the second moment can be understood as the first time unit and the second time unit. Then the fifth mode can be understood as: a transmission mode in which the same transmission block is sent in at least two time units through at least one antenna panel, wherein each time unit in the at least two time units sends the transmission block through an antenna panel. At this time, the first time unit and the second time unit do not overlap.
  • the fifth mode can also be expressed as sending a transmission block according to one antenna panel in each of at least two time units according to a plurality of SRS resource set configurations, wherein the at least two time units do not overlap.
  • the fifth mode refers to when the network device configures a plurality of SRS resource sets for the terminal device, the terminal device sends a transmission block in at least two time units, and in each time unit, sends a transmission block to the network device through one antenna panel, and the two time units do not overlap, then this is the fifth mode.
  • the terminal device 230 when the SRS resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device are #1SRS resource set and #2SRS resource set, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 within the first time unit, and then the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 232 within the second time unit, wherein the first time unit is different from the second time unit.
  • the terminal device 230 when the SRS resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device are #1SRS resource set and #2SRS resource set, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 in a first time unit, and then the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 231 in a second time unit, wherein the first time unit is different from the second time unit.
  • the terminal device 230 when the SRS resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device are #1SRS resource set and #2SRS resource set, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 in the first time unit, and then the terminal device 230 sends the same transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232 in the second time unit, wherein the first time unit is different from the second time unit.
  • the fifth mode can also be understood as sending a transmission block according to an antenna panel in each time unit of at least two time units according to the SRS resources indicated by multiple SRIs, and sending a transmission block according to an SRS resource in each time unit.
  • the terminal device when the network device indicates SRS resource 1 and SRS resource 4 to the terminal device through two SRIs, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through channel 1 on the antenna panel 231 in the first time unit, and then the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 220 through channel 4 on the antenna panel 232 in the second time unit.
  • the SRS resource indicated by the SRI and the DMRS port used to send the transmission block on the antenna panel can be referred to as having a co-location relationship. Therefore, the fifth mode can also be understood as sending a transmission block in at least two time units according to multiple co-location relationships.
  • the fifth mode can be also called time division multiplexing (TDM) mode, or TDM transmission mode.
  • TDM time division multiplexing
  • the terminal device when the terminal device sends a transmission block to a network device, the first mode, the second mode, the third mode and the fourth mode are supported, and a network device here can be a transmission receiving point.
  • the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device through one or more SRS resources indicated by the network device.
  • the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
  • each precoding information and number of layers associated with the first mode, or each channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a maximum value (max rank) of a stream number.
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication can indicate the first mode associated with the terminal device, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the first TPMI is about the first stream number
  • the first SRI is associated with the first stream number.
  • the second TPMI is about the second stream number, and the second SRI is associated with the second stream number.
  • the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the second mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number; the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number, or the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number; or,
  • the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams.
  • each precoding information and number of layers associated with the second mode, or each channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a maximum value of a stream number.
  • the third stream number is the stream number associated with the second mode, and the first precoding information and number of layers and the second precoding information and number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication can indicate the second mode associated with the terminal device, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the first TPMI domain, or the first SRI domain is associated with the third stream number; or the second TPMI domain, or the second SRI domain is also associated with the third stream number.
  • the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is the minimum value of the first stream number and the second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the third stream number is the stream number associated with the second mode, and the third stream number may be equal to one of the stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the third stream number is equal to the first stream number.
  • the third stream number is equal to the second stream number.
  • the first stream number is less than the second stream number, and the third stream number is equal to the first stream number.
  • the first stream number is greater than the second stream number, and the third stream number is equal to the second stream number.
  • the second mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
  • a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • a precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a maximum value of a number of streams.
  • the first number of streams and the second number of streams are two numbers of streams associated with the first mode.
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers or the second precoding information and the number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication can indicate the third mode associated with the terminal device, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers on the terminal device, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication.
  • the TPMI domain associated with the third mode is the first TPMI domain
  • the SRI domain associated with the third mode is the first SRI domain
  • the first TPMI domain associated with the third mode and the first TPMI domain associated with the first mode are the same TPMI.
  • the first SRI domain associated with the third mode and the first SRI domain associated with the first mode are the same SRI.
  • the TPMI domain associated with the third mode is the second TPMI domain
  • the SRI domain associated with the third mode is the second SRI domain
  • the second TPMI domain associated with the third mode and the second TPMI domain associated with the first mode are the same TPMI.
  • the second SRI domain associated with the third mode and the second SRI domain associated with the first mode are the same SRI.
  • the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode may be a precoding information and a number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode may be a channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or the antenna panel associated with the fourth mode may be an antenna panel.
  • the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: the third precoding information and the number of layers, the third precoding information and the number of layers being associated with a fourth number of streams; or,
  • the at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
  • a maximum value of a stream number associated with a precoding information and a number of layers, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode is a stream number associated with the fourth mode, and the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the third precoding information and the number of layers, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the second mode.
  • the size of one precoding information and the number of layers of the fourth mode is larger than the size of one precoding information and the number of layers of the first mode, or the size of one precoding information and the number of layers of the fourth mode is equal to the size of two precoding information and the number of layers of the first mode.
  • the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers.
  • the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is smaller than the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers.
  • the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is larger than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers.
  • the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is larger than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers.
  • the TPMI domain associated with the fourth mode is the third TPMI domain
  • the TPMI domain associated with the first mode is the first TPMI domain and the second TPMI domain
  • the size of the third TPMI domain associated with the fourth mode is less than or equal to the sum of the first TPMI domain and the second TPMI domain, or the size of the third TPMI domain is greater than the size of the first TPMI domain, or the size of the third TPMI domain is greater than the size of the second TPMI domain.
  • the size of one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode is less than or equal to the sum of the sizes of two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode, and/or the size of one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode is greater than the size of the smaller of the two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
  • the size of one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode is less than or equal to the sum of the sizes of two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the second mode, and/or the size of one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode is greater than the size of the smaller of the two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the second mode.
  • the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  • the size of a channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the fourth mode is greater than the size of a channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the first mode, or the size of a channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the fourth mode is equal to the size of two channel sounding reference signal resource indications of the first mode.
  • the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication.
  • the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication.
  • the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication.
  • the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication.
  • the SRI domain associated with the fourth mode is the third SRI domain
  • the SRI domain associated with the first mode is the first SRI domain and the second SRI domain
  • the size of the third SRI domain associated with the fourth mode is less than or equal to the sum of the first SRI domain and the second SRI domain
  • the size of the third SRI domain is greater than the first SRI domain.
  • the size of the first SRI field, or the size of the third SRI field is greater than the size of the second SRI field.
  • the fourth flow number is less than or equal to the first flow number and the second flow number, and/or the fourth flow number is greater than the first flow number or the second flow number;
  • the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the fourth stream number is the stream number associated with the fourth mode, and the fourth stream number may be equal to the sum of the two stream numbers associated with the first mode, or the fourth stream number may be less than the sum of the two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated by the third precoding information and the number of layers, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode may be two precoding information and two layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode may be two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, or the antenna panel associated with the fourth mode may be two antenna panels.
  • the at least one precoding information and layer number associated with the fourth mode includes: fourth precoding information and layer number and fifth precoding information and layer number, the fourth precoding information and layer number are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and layer number are associated with a sixth stream number; or,
  • At least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
  • each precoding information and number of layers associated with the fourth mode, or each channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a maximum value of a stream number.
  • the fifth stream number and the sixth stream number are two stream numbers associated with the fourth mode.
  • the fourth precoding information and number of layers and the fifth precoding information and number of layers, or the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication can indicate the fourth mode associated with the terminal device, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
  • the fourth TPMI is about the fifth stream number
  • the fourth SRI is associated with the fifth stream number.
  • the fifth TPMI is about the sixth stream number
  • the fifth SRI is associated with the sixth stream number.
  • the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers
  • the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers
  • the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode
  • the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication
  • the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  • the two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
  • the two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  • the two antenna panels associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two antenna panels associated with the first mode.
  • the two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the second mode.
  • the two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode.
  • the two antenna panels associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two antenna panels associated with the second mode.
  • the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number
  • the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the two stream numbers associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  • the two stream numbers associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two stream numbers associated with the second mode.
  • At least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the third channel sounding reference signal resource set.
  • the number of ports of each resource is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
  • the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
  • one of the two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the fourth mode is the same as one of the channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode (i.e., the first channel sounding reference signal resource set).
  • the number of ports of another channel sounding reference signal resource set (i.e., the third channel sounding reference signal resource set) of the two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the fourth mode is the same as the number of ports of another channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode (i.e., the second channel sounding reference signal resource set).
  • the two SRS resource sets associated with the fourth mode are the first SRS resource set and the third SRS resource set.
  • the number of ports of each resource in the third SRS resource set is the same as the number of resource ports in the second SRS resource set associated with the first mode.
  • the two SRIs associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with the first SRS resource set and the third SRS resource set.
  • the first SRI is associated with the first SRS resource set
  • the second SRI is associated with the third SRS resource set
  • the first SRI is associated with the third SRS resource set
  • the second SRI is associated with the first SRS resource set.
  • the fourth mode is associated with the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and there is a corresponding relationship between the fourth mode and the first TCI, or the first QCL, or the first TRP.
  • the first TCI is TCI0
  • the first QCL is QCL0.
  • the fourth mode-associated second channel sounding reference signal resource set and the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set have a corresponding relationship with the fourth mode-associated second TCI, or second QCL, or second TRP.
  • the second TCI is TCI1
  • the second QCL is QCL1.
  • the fourth mode is associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set and a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set are associated with the fourth mode, which are respectively indicated by different values of the first information.
  • At least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set and the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set.
  • the number of ports of each resource in the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the first channel sounding reference signal resource set;
  • the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with the first stream number
  • the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the first number of streams is the number of streams associated with the first channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
  • FIG3 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, which mainly includes:
  • a network device sends first information to a terminal device.
  • the first information indicates one mode or two modes, wherein the one mode is one of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode, and the two modes are two of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode.
  • the network device by receiving the first information sent by the network device, it can be determined that the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device side is one of four modes, or the first information can also indicate that the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device side is two of the four modes.
  • the first information may be 1 bit, and optionally, the 1 bit is carried in radio resource control (RRC) information, medium access control control element (MAC CE) or downlink control information (DCI).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC CE medium access control control element
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the value of 1 bit may indicate that the antenna panel on the terminal device side selects one or two of the four modes.
  • the first information when the first information is 1 bit in the DCI, and when the first value of the 1 bit in the DCI is 1, the first information indicates two modes, which are the first mode and the second mode.
  • the first information when the first information is 1 bit in the DCI, and when the first value of the 1 bit in the DCI is 0, the first information indicates two modes, which are the first mode and the second mode.
  • the above only takes the first value as 1 and the second value as 0 as an example. It can be understood that the first value can be 0 and the second value can be 1.
  • the first information When the first information is a first value, the first information indicates any one or two of the four modes, and when the first information is a second value, the first information indicates one of the four modes and the above-mentioned one. When the first information is a third value, the first information indicates one of the four modes and the above-mentioned one. Alternatively, when the first information is a fourth value, the first information indicates one of the four modes and the above-mentioned one.
  • the first information may be 2 bits.
  • the first indication may directly indicate one mode.
  • the 2 bits may be carried in RRC information, MAC CE, or DCI.
  • the first indication may directly indicate two modes.
  • the 2 bits may be carried in RRC information, MAC CE, or DCI.
  • the terminal device sends a transmission block according to a transmission mode indicated by the first information or one of the two modes.
  • the terminal device when the first indication information indicates one mode, the terminal device sends the transport block according to the mode indicated by the first indication information.
  • the terminal device When the first indication information indicates two modes, the terminal device sends the transport block according to one mode of the two modes indicated by the first information.
  • the method may further include step S303: the network device sends second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate one of the two modes.
  • the terminal device can send the transmission block through the first mode or the second mode.
  • the second information may be at least one bit in RRC, MAC CE or DCI.
  • the first information indicates that the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device is the first mode and the second mode
  • the second information is 2 bits configured in the DCI
  • the value of the 2 bits configured in the DCI can be used to further indicate whether the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device is the first mode or the second mode.
  • the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device indicated by the second information sent by the network device is one of the two modes determined by the first information.
  • the first information specifically indicates one mode or two modes from multiple modes, and the multiple modes include one or more modes of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode.
  • the second information may be the number of DMRS CDM groups indicated by the antenna port field in the DCI.
  • the second information may be the number of CDM groups indicated by the antenna port field in the DCI.
  • the number of CDM groups is 2, the value of the second information is the fifth value, the number of CDM groups is 1, and the value of the second information is the sixth value.
  • the number of CDM groups indicated by the antenna port field in the DCI is 2, the value of the second information is the fifth value, the number of CDM groups indicated by the antenna port field in the DCI is 1, and the value of the second information is the sixth value.
  • the second information may be an antenna port field carried in RRC information, MAC CE or DCI.
  • FIG4 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device sends first information to the terminal device.
  • the first information is used to determine a target mode from at least two modes, where the at least two modes include at least two of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode.
  • the terminal device sends a transmission block according to the target mode.
  • the at least two modes may be two modes, and the two modes may be: a first mode and a second mode.
  • the first information is used to indicate a mode from the two modes, and the mode is the target mode.
  • the first information may be 1 bit, and different values of the 1 bit indicate one and the other of the two modes.
  • the 1 bit may be carried in RRC, MAC CE or DCI.
  • Case 1 The first information directly indicates one of the four modes
  • Case 2 The first information indicates two modes among four modes.
  • the first information is used to indicate one mode or two modes, the one mode is the first mode, the second mode or the third mode or the fourth mode, and the two modes are the first mode and the second mode.
  • the first information can indicate one mode or two modes.
  • the first information is 1 bit and the 1 bit has different values, the first information can indicate one mode or two modes in the four modes.
  • the first information is 2 bits, the first information can directly indicate a mode.
  • the first information in this embodiment is the same as the first information in the embodiment of Figure 3, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device may determine which of the two modes is When the first information indicates two modes, the method may further include S403: the terminal device receives second information, the second information is used to indicate one of the two modes, and the one mode is the target mode.
  • S403 the terminal device receives second information, the second information is used to indicate one of the two modes, and the one mode is the target mode.
  • the description of the second information is the same as the embodiment in Figure 3, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG5 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • a network device sends first information to a terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first information sent by the network device.
  • the first information is used by the terminal device to determine N modes from M modes, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N.
  • the M modes include one or more of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode.
  • the value of M is 3.
  • the value of N can be 1 or 2.
  • the first information is used to determine a transmission mode from three transmission modes. It can be understood that this embodiment is the same as the implementation in Figure 4.
  • the value of M is 4, the value of N can be 1 or the value of N can be 2.
  • M and N may also have other values.
  • the value of M may also be 4, 5, 6 or other possible positive integer values, and N may be any positive integer value less than or equal to M.
  • the terminal device sends a transmission block according to one of N transmission modes.
  • the terminal device may determine that one of the two modes is the target mode, or when the first information indicates two modes, the method may further include the terminal device receiving second information, the second information being used to indicate one of the two modes, the one mode being the target mode.
  • the description of the second information is the same as that of the embodiment in FIG3, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • a network device sends first information to a terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first information sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device determines one mode or N modes according to the first information, wherein the one mode is one mode of the M modes, and the N modes are N modes of the M modes, where N is an integer greater than 1, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N;
  • the M modes include at least one or more of a first mode, a second mode, a third mode and a fourth mode.
  • the value of M may be 2, in which case the terminal device may determine one mode from the two modes according to the first information, or it may be understood that the first information is used to indicate one mode from the two modes. It may be understood that this embodiment is the same as implementation mode 1 in the embodiment of FIG. 4 .
  • the value of M may be 3.
  • the terminal device may determine one mode or N modes from three modes according to the first information, where N may be equal to 1 or 2.
  • the value of M may be 4.
  • the terminal device may determine one mode or N modes from three modes according to the first information, where N may be equal to 1 or 2.
  • M and N may also have other values.
  • the value of M may also be 4, 5, 6 or other possible positive integer values, and N may be any positive integer value less than or equal to M.
  • the terminal device sends a transmission block through one mode or one of N modes.
  • the terminal device may determine that one of the two modes is the target mode, or when the first information indicates two modes, the method may further include the terminal device receiving second information, the second information being used to indicate one of the two modes, the one mode being the target mode.
  • the description of the second information is the same as that of the embodiment in FIG3, and will not be repeated here.
  • Figures 7 to 8 and 10 show three examples of the first information indicating the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device when the first information is 2 bits in RRC, MAC CE or DCI.
  • Figure 9 shows an example of the first information indicating the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device when the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE or DCI.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first information is 2 bits in RRC, MAC CE or DCI, and when the first information takes the first value, the first information indicates two modes, the two modes are the first mode and the second mode, and when the first information takes the second value, the first information indicates one mode, the one mode is the third mode.
  • the first information takes the third value
  • the first information indicates one mode
  • the one mode is the third mode.
  • the first information takes the fourth value
  • the first information indicates one mode, the one mode is the fourth mode.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates N modes, wherein,
  • the first information indicates the third mode
  • one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode
  • one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode is one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode
  • the first information indicates the third mode
  • one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode
  • one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode
  • the first information may indicate the third mode, but the precoding information and number of layers used in the third mode, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are different.
  • second information is received, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among N modes, and a transport block is sent according to the mode indicated by the second information.
  • the second information when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
  • the second information indicates the second mode.
  • the number of CDM groups indicated by the antenna port field in the DCI is 2, the value of the second information is the fifth value, the number of CDM groups is 1, and the value of the second information is the sixth value.
  • DCI adds 2 bits of indication information, which can indicate the dynamic switching between the co-transmission mode and the sTRP mode, where the co-transmission mode refers to sending the first mode or the second mode, and the sTRP mode includes the third mode and the fourth mode.
  • the first information and the second information are specifically bits in the DCI as an example.
  • the value of the first information is 00, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the first mode or the second mode.
  • the specific mode used by the UE is determined in combination with the antenna port field in the DCI.
  • the UE transmits in the first mode.
  • the UE transmits in the second mode.
  • the number of flows in the second TPMI domain is the same as that in the first TPMI domain, thereby reducing the overhead.
  • the number of flows in the second SRI domain is the same as that in the first SRI domain, thereby reducing the overhead.
  • the terminal device For example, if the value of the first information is 01, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the third mode TPMI0.
  • the third mode TPMI0 is that the UE sends data according to TPMI0, or SRI0, or TCI state 0, or QCL0, or SRS resource set 0.
  • TPMI1 or SRI1 is reserved.
  • the terminal device For example, if the value of the first information is 10, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the third mode TPMI1.
  • the third mode TPMI1 is that the UE sends data according to TPMI1, or SRI1, or TCI state 1, or QCL1, or SRS resource set 1.
  • TPMI0 or SRI0 is reserved.
  • the terminal device For example, if the value of the first information is 11, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the fourth mode.
  • association relationship between the specific values ⁇ 00, 01, 10, 11 ⁇ of the above indication information and the four indications is not limited.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates N modes, wherein,
  • the first information indicates the fourth mode, and the fourth mode is associated with the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the third channel sounding reference signal resource set; or,
  • the first information indicates the fourth mode
  • the fourth mode is associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set and the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set.
  • second information is received, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among N modes, and a transport block is sent according to the mode indicated by the second information.
  • the second information when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
  • the second information indicates the second mode.
  • the fourth mode is associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set and a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set are associated with the fourth mode, which are respectively indicated by different values of the first information.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates N modes, wherein,
  • the first information indicates the fourth mode, and the fourth mode is associated with the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the third channel sounding reference signal resource set; or,
  • the first information indicates the fourth mode
  • the fourth mode is associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set and the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set.
  • the fourth mode is associated with the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the third channel sounding reference signal resource set.
  • the fourth mode is associated with the first TCI, the first QCL, and the first TRP.
  • the first TCI is TCI0
  • the first QCL is QCL0.
  • the fourth mode is associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set and the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set.
  • the fourth mode is associated with the second TCI, the second QCL, and the second TRP.
  • the second TCI is TCI1
  • the second QCL is QCL1.
  • the terminal device For example, if the value of the indication information is 11, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the second mode.
  • association relationship between the specific values ⁇ 00, 01, 10, 11 ⁇ of the above indication information and the four indications is not limited.
  • FIG8 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first information is 2 bits, and when the first information takes the first value, the first information indicates a mode, and when the first information takes the second value, the first information indicates a mode, and the mode is the third mode.
  • the first information when the first information takes the third value, the first information indicates a mode, and the mode is the third mode.
  • the first information takes the fourth value, the first information indicates a mode, and the mode is the second mode.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates N modes, wherein:
  • the first information When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates a first mode
  • the first information indicates the third mode
  • one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
  • the first information indicates the third mode
  • one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode
  • one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode
  • the first information indicates the second mode.
  • DCI adds 2 bits of indication information, which can indicate the dynamic switching of the co-transmission mode and the sTRP mode, where the co-transmission mode refers to sending the first mode or the second mode, and the sTRP mode includes the third mode and the fourth mode.
  • the terminal device For example, if the value of the indication information is 00, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the first mode.
  • the terminal device For example, if the value of the indication information is 01, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the third mode TPMI0.
  • the terminal device For example, if the value of the indication information is 10, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the third mode TPMI1.
  • the terminal device For example, if the value of the indication information is 11, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the second mode.
  • FIG9 is a schematic block diagram of an example communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first information is 1 bit, and when the first information takes the first value, the first information indicates one mode or the second mode, and when the first information takes the second value, the first information indicates one mode, and the one mode is the fourth mode.
  • determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates N modes, wherein:
  • second information is received, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among N modes, and a transport block is sent according to the mode indicated by the second information.
  • the second information when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
  • the second information indicates the second mode.
  • DCI adds 1 bit of indication information, which can indicate the dynamic switching between the simultaneous transmission mode and the fourth mode, where the simultaneous transmission mode refers to sending the first mode or the second mode.
  • the DCI adds 1 bit of indication information, which is combined with the number of CDM groups corresponding to the number of antenna ports indicated by the DCI to distinguish the first mode from the second mode.
  • the terminal device For example, if the value of the indication information is 0, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the first mode or the second mode.
  • the UE transmits in the first mode.
  • the UE transmits in the second mode.
  • the number of flows in the second TPMI domain is the same as that in the first TPMI domain, thereby reducing the overhead.
  • the number of flows in the second SRI domain is the same as that in the first SRI domain, thereby reducing the overhead.
  • the terminal device For example, if the value of the indication information is 1, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the fourth mode.
  • FIG10 is a schematic block diagram of an example communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first information is 2 bits, and when the first information takes the first value, the first information indicates a mode, when the first information takes the second value, the first information indicates a mode, and the mode is the fourth mode.
  • the first information takes the third value, the first information indicates a mode, and the mode is the second mode.
  • the first information When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates a first mode
  • the first information indicates the fourth mode
  • the first information indicates the second mode.
  • DCI adds 2it indication information, which can indicate the dynamic switching between the simultaneous transmission mode and the fourth mode, where the simultaneous transmission mode refers to sending the first mode or the second mode.
  • the terminal device For example, if the value of the indication information is 00, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the first mode.
  • the terminal device For example, if the value of the indication information is 01, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the fourth mode
  • the terminal device is instructed to use the second mode.
  • the value of the indication information is 11, which indicates reserved information.
  • the value of the indication information 11 may also indicate other information, which is not limited here.
  • M 5, and the M modes further include: a fifth mode;
  • the fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
  • Determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein,
  • the first information When the first information is a first value, the first information indicates any one or two of the five modes; when the first information is a second value, the first information indicates one of the five modes and the above-mentioned mode.
  • the first information indicates the first mode or the second mode.
  • one of the first mode or the second mode may be further indicated according to the second information.
  • the switching among the first mode, the second mode, the third mode and the fourth mode is realized by adding 2 bits in the DCI.
  • the first mode and the second mode can be implicitly switched through the number of CDM groups of the DMRS indicated by the antenna port in the DCI, without the need for additional bit indication.
  • the first mode is suitable for eMBB, that is, a large-capacity scenario;
  • the second mode is suitable for URLLC, that is, a high-reliability scenario.
  • DCI can realize fast switching between the two and reduce latency.
  • the UE adopts the first mode or the second mode if the performance of one of the two simultaneous transmission links deteriorates due to occlusion or other reasons, it can quickly switch to the third mode or the fourth mode of transmission through DCI.
  • each antenna panel when the UE adopts the first mode or the second mode, each antenna panel can be configured with at most 2 antenna ports, and the TPMI field requires 4 bits to indicate. However, for a 4Tx terminal device, when the sTRP mode is transmitted, at most 6 bits are required to indicate the TPMI field of the terminal device.
  • the size of TPMI 0 and TPMI 1 in the first mode or the second mode is 4 bits.
  • the DCI indicates a TPMI 2 for indicating the precoding matrix used by the UE in the sTRP mode and the number of data streams sent.
  • the DCI indicates a TPMI2 for indicating the precoding matrix used by the UE in the sTRP and the number of data streams sent.
  • the size of the TPMI 2 field is equal to the size of the TPMI 0 + TPMI 1 field, that is, the TPMI 2 field is 8 bits.
  • the size of TPMI 0 and TPMI 1 in the first mode or the second mode is 4 bits.
  • the DCI indicates a TPMI 2 for indicating the precoding matrix used by the UE in the sTRP mode and the number of data streams sent.
  • the DCI indicates a TPMI2 for indicating the precoding matrix used by the UE in the sTRP and the number of data streams sent.
  • the size of the TPMI 2 field is less than or equal to the size of the TPMI 0 + TPMI 1 field. If the size of the TPMI 2 field is 6 bits, compared to the TPMI 0 + TPMI 1 field occupying 8 bits, 2 bits can be reserved in the DCI.
  • DCI still indicates 2 SRIs. For example, PUSCH transmission based on codebook; 2) DCI only indicates 1 SRI, and the indication of this SRI is similar to the TPMI indication mentioned above, for example, PUSCH transmission based on non-codebook.
  • the two TPMI fields or SRI fields in the DCI are jointly used to indicate the TPMI or SRI of the terminal device in the sTRP mode, that is, all bits of the two TPMI fields are used to indicate one TPMI.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device switches to the sTRP mode transmission, it can send up to 4 streams of data, increasing the data rate of the terminal device.
  • the communication protocol Rel-15 or 16 supports the terminal device to send up to 4 streams of data, if the UE switches to the communication mode of Rel-15 or 16, it can also use the same number of streams without changing the number of streams.
  • the terminal device sends data according to a QCL relationship or TCI state indicated in the DCI.
  • the DCI may only have two QCL relationships or TCI states.
  • the DCI dynamically switches to sTRP transmission, only one QCL relationship or TCI state is indicated in the DCI.
  • the terminal device sends data according to a default QCL relationship or TCI state.
  • the default QCL relationship or TCI state may follow the QCL relationship or TCI state of the PDCCH, or the control resource set (CORESET).
  • the default QCL relationship or TCI state may be the PDCCH that schedules the UE to send data, or the QCL relationship or TCI state of the CORESET.
  • the default QCL relationship or TCI state is one of the two QCL relationships or TCI states.
  • the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
  • the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is currently associated with the first mode, the second mode, or the third mode and the antenna ports of at least one antenna panel of the terminal device are irrelevant, the terminal device cannot switch to the fourth mode.
  • the first mode or the second mode is not allowed to dynamically switch to the fourth mode transmission.
  • the first mode or the second mode is not allowed to dynamically switch to the fourth mode transmission.
  • switching to sTRP 4Tx transmission is allowed only when the antennas in each panel of the UE are coherent.
  • the 4Tx should also be non-correlated.
  • the codebook of 4Tx has been indicated by the TPMI of sTRP mode of 2Tx and the TPMI of co-transmission mode, so there is no need to repeat the indication.
  • SDT (small data transmission) transmission is the transmission of terminal devices in a non-connected state (such as inactive mode, idle mode), with the purpose of allowing terminal devices to transmit information without switching from a non-connected state to a connected state. This simplifies the information transmission process, shortens the transmission delay, and reduces the power consumption of terminal devices.
  • terminal devices can report to network devices through capability signaling that the terminal device supports repeated transmission to improve transmission performance.
  • repeated transmission increases the transmission time of the terminal device and requires the terminal device to consume more power. Therefore, the fact that the terminal device still supports repeated transmission during the SDT process is contrary to its original intention of supporting SDT to facilitate energy saving.
  • the existing capability signaling indicating that the terminal device supports repeated transmission does not specify the state of the applicable terminal device (such as the state is connected, non-connected, inactive, idle, etc.). Therefore, if the terminal device reports that it supports this capability, according to the existing protocol, the network device may still configure repeated transmission for the terminal device after the terminal device enters the non-connected state, thereby increasing the transmission delay and power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sends the first indication information, and the network device receives the first indication information, so that the terminal device can report its capability according to its own needs, and the network device can better configure appropriate resources for the terminal device according to its capability.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal device supports repeated transmission during the SDT process.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device supports repeated transmission during the SDT process.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device does not support repeated transmission during the SDT process.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device supports transmission with a number of repetitions of N during the SDT process.
  • N is a positive integer.
  • N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal device supports repeated transmission in a non-connected state.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal device supports repeated transmission in a non-connected state.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device does not support repeated transmission in a non-connected state.
  • the first indication information can be used to indicate whether the repeated transmission in the SDT process of the terminal device supports configurable redundant versions.
  • the first indication information can be used to indicate that the repeated transmission in the SDT process of the terminal device supports configurable redundant versions.
  • the redundant version can be configured by the base station through signaling.
  • the redundant versions corresponding to different repeated transmissions may be different.
  • the first indication information can be used to indicate that the repeated transmission in the SDT process of the terminal device does not support configurable redundant versions.
  • the first indication information can be used to indicate that the repeated transmission in the SDT process of the terminal device supports a preset value for the redundant version.
  • the preset value is 0.
  • the redundant version value of each repeated transmission is 0.
  • the repeated transmission may be at least one of the following:
  • the time slot level repetitive transmission means that each time slot has only one transmission, while the symbol level repetitive transmission can have multiple transmissions for each time slot.
  • PUSCH is a physical uplink shared channel, or a channel for transmitting uplink data.
  • PUSCH repetition Type A is a slot-level repetition transmission.
  • PUSCH repetition Type B is a symbol-level repetition transmission.
  • the terminal device reports the first indication information, and the terminal device can support the base station to configure the number of transmissions of the first information to be an integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal device reports the first indication information, and the terminal device can support the base station to configure the number of transmissions of the first information to be 1.
  • the terminal device does not report the first indication information, and the terminal device can support the base station to configure the number of transmissions of the first information to be 1.
  • the first information is a transport block (TB) or a data packet.
  • FIG11 shows a structural schematic diagram of a terminal device 1100 , which may include a transceiver module 1110 and a processing module 1120 .
  • the terminal device 1100 may also include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 11 ) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the transceiver module 1110 which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions.
  • the transceiver module 1110 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module 1110 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to execute the receiving and sending steps performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein; the processing module 1120 may be used to execute the processing steps performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein.
  • the processor is used to execute the communication method executed by any terminal device in any of Figures 3 to 10 above.
  • the terminal device 1100 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the functions/implementation processes of the transceiver module 1110 and the processing module 1120 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system.
  • the terminal device 1100 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic block diagram of the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1200 may include a sending module 1210 and a receiving module 1220.
  • the network device 1200 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 12 ) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the sending module 1210 and the receiving module 1220 are respectively used to execute the receiving and sending steps performed by the network device in the above method embodiments, and/or to support other processes of the technology described herein.
  • the processor is used to execute the communication method executed by any network device in Figures 3 to 10 above.
  • the network device 1200 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit, a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1010 can be implemented by the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or the chip system, and the function/implementation process of the sending module 1020 can be implemented by the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system.
  • the network device 1200 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which includes a processor for implementing a method in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data, and the processor can call the program code stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the memory may not be in the communication device.
  • the communication device also includes an interface circuit, which is a code/data read/write interface circuit, which is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in a memory, may be read directly from the memory, or may pass through other devices) and transmit them to the processor.
  • an interface circuit which is a code/data read/write interface circuit, which is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in a memory, may be read directly from the memory, or may pass through other devices) and transmit them to the processor.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the communication interface is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device.
  • the communication device can be a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which includes an interface circuit and a logic circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to input and/or output information; the logic circuit is used to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments, and processes and/or generates output information based on the input.
  • the terminal device and network device described in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), programmable logic devices (PLD), controllers, state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits that can perform the various functions described throughout the present application.
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • PLD programmable logic devices
  • state machines gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits that can perform the various functions described throughout the present application.
  • the network device and terminal device described in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by a general bus architecture.
  • Figure 13 it is a structural diagram of a communication device 1300 provided in an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1300 includes a processor 1301 and a transceiver 1302.
  • the communication device 1300 can be a network device or a terminal device, or a chip therein.
  • Figure 13 only shows the main components of the communication device 1300.
  • the communication device may further include a memory 1303, and an input and output device (not shown in Figure 13).
  • the processor 1301 is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire communication device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory 1303 is mainly used to store the software program and data.
  • the transceiver 1302 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the input and output devices such as a touch screen, a display screen, a keyboard, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by the user and output data to the user.
  • the processor 1301 , the transceiver 1302 , and the memory 1303 may be connected via a communication bus.
  • the processor 1301 can read the software program in the memory 1303, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor 1301 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal outward in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1301, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • the RF circuit and antenna may be arranged independently of the processor performing baseband processing.
  • the RF circuit and antenna may be arranged independently of the communication device in a remote manner.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disks, floppy disks or tapes, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (e.g., erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • the various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable storage medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions, which implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments when the computer program product is run on a computer.
  • the present application also provides a chip, including a processor.
  • the processor is used to read and run a computer program stored in a memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by a terminal device in the method indicated by the information provided in the present application.
  • the chip also includes a memory, which is connected to the processor through a circuit or wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip also includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface can be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip.
  • the processor can also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • the present application also provides a chip, including a processor.
  • the processor is used to read and run a computer program stored in a memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by a network device in the method indicated by the information provided in the present application.
  • the chip also includes a memory, which is connected to the processor through a circuit or wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip also includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface can be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip.
  • the processor can also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • the above-mentioned chip can also be replaced by a chip system, which will not be described here.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual conditions to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be essentially or partly embodied in the form of a software product that contributes to the prior art.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions for a computer device (which can be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk, and other media that can store program codes.
  • a and/or B can represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
  • the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or”relationship; the term “at least one” in this application can mean “one” and "two or more”.
  • at least one of A, B and C can represent seven situations: A exists alone, B exists alone, C exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, A and C exist at the same time, C and B exist at the same time, and A, B and C exist at the same time.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and a communication apparatus. The communication method comprises: receiving first information; determining N modes from M modes according to the first information, wherein N is an integer greater than 0, M is an integer greater than or equal to N, and the M modes comprise one or more of a first mode, a second mode, a third mode, and a fourth mode; and sending a transport block according to one of the N modes. A transmission mode associated with pre-coding information and the number of layers or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication on a terminal device is accurately indicated by means of the first information, thereby solving the problem of the indication of a transmission mode associated with pre-coding information and the number of layers or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication on a terminal device, without increasing the bit overhead.

Description

一种通信方法和通信装置A communication method and a communication device
本申请要求于2022年11月04日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202211389658.7、发明名称为“一种通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on November 4, 2022, with application number 202211389658.7 and invention name “A communication method and communication device”, all contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域Technical Field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种数据传输方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a data transmission method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
长期演进系统(long term evolution,LTE)系统采用低频频段进行通信,第五代移动通信(5th generation mobile communication technology,5G)的新无线(new radio,NR)系统采用高频频段(例如6G系统以上)进行通信,比如26吉赫(GHz)、28GHz、39GHz或60GHz频段。高频频段可以实现更大带宽、更高传输速率。由于频率较高,信号在空间传播过程中会发生严重衰落,导致信号覆盖严重受限。因此,NR系统采用波束赋形(beamforming,BF)技术获得良好的定向性增益,以提高发射方向定向功率,改善接收信干噪比(signal to interference plus noise radio,SINR),进而提升系统性能。The long term evolution (LTE) system uses low frequency bands for communication, while the new radio (NR) system of the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5G) uses high frequency bands (for example, above 6G systems) for communication, such as 26 GHz, 28 GHz, 39 GHz or 60 GHz bands. High frequency bands can achieve larger bandwidth and higher transmission rate. Due to the high frequency, the signal will experience severe attenuation during spatial propagation, resulting in severe limitation of signal coverage. Therefore, the NR system uses beamforming (BF) technology to obtain good directional gain, so as to increase the directional power in the transmission direction, improve the received signal to interference plus noise radio (SINR), and thus improve the system performance.
在NR研究过程中,考虑成本和性能折中,最终采用包含数字波束赋形和模拟波束赋形的混合波束赋形(hybrid beamforming,HBF)技术。在波束赋形技术实现过程中,天线面板(antenna panel)是核心组件,波束是通过天线面板发送或者接收。In the NR research process, considering the trade-off between cost and performance, the hybrid beamforming (HBF) technology, which includes digital beamforming and analog beamforming, was finally adopted. In the implementation of beamforming technology, the antenna panel is the core component, and the beam is sent or received through the antenna panel.
目前,对于天线面板的讨论基于多天线面板快速选择切换的上行传输过程,具体讨论了天线面板的定义及在协议中如何体现的问题,但并未涉及终端设备上的天线面板同时发送传输块的问题。At present, the discussion on antenna panels is based on the uplink transmission process of fast selection and switching of multiple antenna panels. The definition of antenna panels and how they are reflected in the protocol are discussed in detail, but the issue of antenna panels on terminal devices sending transmission blocks at the same time is not involved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法与装置可有效解决多天线面板场景下的终端设备的传输方式的指示问题。The present application provides a communication method and apparatus that can effectively solve the problem of indicating the transmission mode of a terminal device in a multi-antenna panel scenario.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,该通信方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由设置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided. The communication method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip or circuit disposed in the terminal device, and the present application does not limit this.
接收第一信息;receiving a first message;
根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,N是大于0的整数,M是大于或等于N的整数;所述M个模式包括第一模式、第二模式、第三模式和第四模式中的一个或多个模式;n大于或等于1,Determine N modes from M modes according to the first information, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N; the M modes include one or more modes of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, and the fourth mode; n is greater than or equal to 1,
所述第一模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的不同部分;The first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with different parts of the one transport block;
所述第二模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的相同部分;The second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of the one transport block;
所述第三模式为根据一个预编码信息和层数,或一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a layer number, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
所述第四模式为根据至少一个预编码信息和层数,或至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
根据所述N个模式中的一个模式发送传输块。The transport block is sent according to one of the N patterns.
在上述方案中,在本申请中在多天线面板的场景下终端设备通过接收第一信息实现对终端设备上至少一个预编码信息和层数,或者至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示的传输模式的指示,即该第一信息可指示出第一模式、第二模式或第三模式或第四模式中的一个模式或两个模式。本申请还可以应用于多传输接收点的场景,终端设备通过多个预编码信息和层数,或者多个信道探测参考信号资源指示向一个或多个传输接收点发送传输块时,通过第一信息指示终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式。In the above scheme, in the present application, in the scenario of multiple antenna panels, the terminal device receives the first information to indicate the transmission mode of at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel detection reference signal resource indication on the terminal device, that is, the first information can indicate one or two modes of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode. The present application can also be applied to the scenario of multiple transmission receiving points. When the terminal device sends a transmission block to one or more transmission receiving points through multiple precoding information and the number of layers, or multiple channel detection reference signal resource indications, the first information indicates the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel detection reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=4,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=4, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的 一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或,When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, and the third mode is associated with A precoding information and a number of layers is one of the at least two precoding information and numbers of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode is one of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or,
所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或者,When the value of the first information is the third value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or
所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the fourth value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
在上述方案中,在本申请中终端设备通过第一信息的第一值可对第一模式与第二模式进行指示,通过第一信息的第二值和第三值分别对第三模式进行指示,通过第一信息的第四值分别对第四模式进行指示。另外,通过第一信息的不同取值,可以实现第一模式与第二模式与第三模式与第四模式之间的动态切换,进而降低网络时延。In the above scheme, in the present application, the terminal device can indicate the first mode and the second mode through the first value of the first information, indicate the third mode through the second value and the third value of the first information respectively, and indicate the fourth mode through the fourth value of the first information respectively. In addition, through different values of the first information, dynamic switching between the first mode and the second mode and the third mode and the fourth mode can be achieved, thereby reducing network latency.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=3,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=3, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
在上述方案中,在本申请中终端设备通过第一信息的第一值可对第一模式与第二模式进行指示,通过第一信息的第二值对第四模式进行指示。另外,通过第一信息的不同取值,可以实现第一模式与第二模式与第四模式之间的动态切换,进而降低网络时延。In the above scheme, in the present application, the terminal device can indicate the first mode and the second mode through the first value of the first information, and indicate the fourth mode through the second value of the first information. In addition, through different values of the first information, dynamic switching between the first mode, the second mode and the fourth mode can be achieved, thereby reducing network latency.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:
接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述N个模式中的一个模式,以及,receiving second information, the second information being used to indicate one mode among the N modes, and
所述根据所述N个模式中的一个模式发送传输块,包括:The sending of the transport block according to one of the N modes comprises:
根据所述第二信息指示的所述一个模式发送传输块。The transport block is sent according to the one mode indicated by the second information.
在上述方案中,当第一信息指示第一模式,第二模式时,利用第二信息可实现终端设备从该两个模式中确定出一个具体的模式,进而实现对终端设备上多个天线面板的传输模式的准确指示。此外,当第二信息为下行控制信息DCI中的至少1比特时,可以实现第一模式与第二模式之间的动态切换,进而降低网络时延。In the above scheme, when the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode, the second information can be used to enable the terminal device to determine a specific mode from the two modes, thereby accurately indicating the transmission modes of multiple antenna panels on the terminal device. In addition, when the second information is at least 1 bit in the downlink control information DCI, dynamic switching between the first mode and the second mode can be achieved, thereby reducing network latency.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二信息的值为第五值时,所述第二信息指示所述第一模式;或者,In a possible implementation manner, when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
所述第二信息的值为第六值时,所述第二信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the second information is a sixth value, the second information indicates the second mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the third mode, and one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the third value, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a fourth value, the first information indicates the second mode.
在上述方案中,在本申请中终端设备通过第一信息的第一值可对第一模式进行指示,通过第一信息的第二值和第三值分别对第三模式进行指示,通过第一信息的第四值分别对第二模式进行指示。另外,通过第一信息的不同取值,可以实现第一模式与第二模式与第三模式之间的动态切换,进而降低网络时延。In the above scheme, in the present application, the terminal device can indicate the first mode through the first value of the first information, indicate the third mode through the second value and the third value of the first information respectively, and indicate the second mode through the fourth value of the first information respectively. In addition, through different values of the first information, dynamic switching between the first mode, the second mode and the third mode can be achieved, thereby reducing network latency.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模 式,包括:In a possible implementation, M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information. formula, including:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式;When the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fourth mode;
所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a third value, the first information indicates the second mode.
在上述方案中,在本申请中终端设备通过第一信息的第一值可对第一模式进行指示,通过第一信息的第二值对第四模式进行指示,通过第一信息的第三值对第二模式进行指示。另外,通过第一信息的不同取值,可以实现第一模式与第二模式与第四模式之间的动态切换,进而降低网络时延。In the above scheme, in the present application, the terminal device can indicate the first mode through the first value of the first information, indicate the fourth mode through the second value of the first information, and indicate the second mode through the third value of the first information. In addition, through different values of the first information, dynamic switching between the first mode, the second mode and the fourth mode can be achieved, thereby reducing network latency.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息为无线资源控制RRC、媒体接入控制的控制元素MAC CE、或者下行控制信息DCI中的至少2比特。In one possible implementation, the first information is at least 2 bits in the radio resource control RRC, the media access control control element MAC CE, or the downlink control information DCI.
在上述方案中,当第二信息为RRC、MAC CE、或者DCI中的2比特时,可在不增加比特开销的情况下实现对终端设备侧上多个天线面板的传输模式的指示。In the above scheme, when the second information is 2 bits in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI, the transmission mode of multiple antenna panels on the terminal device side can be indicated without increasing the bit overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息为RRC、MAC CE、或者DCI中的1比特。In one possible implementation, the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
在上述方案中,通过引入RRC、MAC CE、或者DCI中的1比特来指示多个传输模式中的一个模式或者两个模式,当该RRC、MAC CE、或者DCI中的1比特指示两个传输模式时,可使用DCI中已配置的2比特来指示两个模式中的一个模式,从而减小标准化的影响。In the above scheme, one or two modes of multiple transmission modes are indicated by introducing 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI. When the 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI indicates two transmission modes, the configured 2 bits in DCI can be used to indicate one of the two modes, thereby reducing the impact of standardization.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=5,所述M个模式还包括:第五模式;In a possible implementation, M=5, and the M modes further include: a fifth mode;
所述第五模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示在至少两个时刻分别发送同一个传输块;The fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式或所述第二模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode or the second mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode;
或者,or,
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式。When the value of the first information is a first value, N=1, and the first information indicates the first mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode.
在上述方案中,在本申请中终端设备通过第一信息的第一值可对第一模式与第二模式进行指示,通过第一信息的第二值对第五模式进行指示。或者,在本申请中终端设备通过第一信息的第一值可对第一模式进行指示,通过第一信息的第二值对第五模式进行指示。另外,通过第一信息的不同取值,可以实现第一模式与第二模式与第四模式之间的动态切换,进而降低网络时延。In the above scheme, in the present application, the terminal device can indicate the first mode and the second mode through the first value of the first information, and indicate the fifth mode through the second value of the first information. Alternatively, in the present application, the terminal device can indicate the first mode through the first value of the first information, and indicate the fifth mode through the second value of the first information. In addition, through different values of the first information, dynamic switching between the first mode, the second mode and the fourth mode can be achieved, thereby reducing network latency.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,In a possible implementation, the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
所述第一模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
在上述方案中,通过第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数、或者第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第一模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。In the above scheme, the first precoding information and number of layers and the second precoding information and number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, can indicate the first mode associated with the terminal device, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数;所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第三流数,或者所述第二预编码信息和层数关联所述第三流数;或者,In a possible implementation, the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the second mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number; the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number, or the second precoding information and layer number are associated with the third stream number; or,
所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第三流数,或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第三流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with the third number of streams.
在上述方案中,第三流数是第二模式关联的流数,通过第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数、或者第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第二模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进 行准确指示。In the above scheme, the third number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second mode, and the second precoding information and layer number, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, can indicate the second mode associated with the terminal device, thereby performing transmission mode associated with the precoding information and layer number, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device. Provide accurate instructions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三流数等于第一流数或者第二流数,或者,所述第三流数是所述第一流数和所述第二流数中的最小值;In a possible implementation manner, the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is a minimum value between the first stream number and the second stream number;
其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在上述方案中,通过第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数、或者第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第二模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。In the above scheme, the second mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the first precoding information and number of layers and the second precoding information and number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数,或者第二预编码信息和层数;其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,或者,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,In a possible implementation, the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,或者,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数;A channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在上述方案中,通过第一预编码信息和层数或者第二预编码信息和层数、或者第一信道探测参考信号资源指示或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第三模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。In the above scheme, the third mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the first precoding information and the number of layers or the second precoding information and the number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第三预编码信息和层数,所述第三预编码信息和层数关联第四流数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: third precoding information and the number of layers, the third precoding information and the number of layers being associated with a fourth number of streams; or,
所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第四流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
在上述方案中,通过第三预编码信息和层数、或者第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第四模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。In the above scheme, the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the third precoding information and number of layers, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小小于或等于第一预编码信息和层数的大小和第二预编码信息和层数的大小之和,和/或,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小大于所述第一预编码信息和层数的大小或者所述第二预编码信息和层数的大小;In a possible implementation manner, the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数。The first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two pieces of precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
在上述方案中,通过第三预编码信息和层数、或者第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第四模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。In the above scheme, the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the third precoding information and number of layers, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小小于或等于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小之和,和/或,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小大于所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小;In a possible implementation manner, the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
在上述方案中,通过第三信道探测参考信号资源指示、或者第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第四模式,从而对终端设备上信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。In the above scheme, the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device, or the transmission mode associated with the channel sounding reference signal resource indication.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四流数小于或等于第一流数和第二流数,和/或,所述第四流数大于所述第一流数或者所述第二流数;In a possible implementation manner, the fourth stream number is less than or equal to the first stream number and the second stream number, and/or the fourth stream number is greater than the first stream number or the second stream number;
其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在上述方案中,通过第三预编码信息和层数、或者第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第四模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传 输模式进行准确指示。In the above scheme, the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated by the third precoding information and the number of layers, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, so as to indicate the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device. The transmission mode is accurately indicated.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第四预编码信息和层数和第五预编码信息和层数,所述第四预编码信息和层数关联第五流数,所述第五预编码信息和层数关联第六流数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: fourth precoding information and the number of layers and fifth precoding information and the number of layers, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a sixth stream number; or,
所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第四信道探测参考信号资源指示和第五信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第五流数,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第六流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四预编码信息和层数与第一预编码信息和层数相同,所述第五预编码信息和层数与第二预编码信息和层数相同,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数;In a possible implementation manner, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers, the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers, and the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode;
或者,or,
所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示与第一信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示与第二信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
在上述方案中,通过第四预编码信息和层数和第五预编码信息和层数、或者第四信道探测参考信号资源指示和第五信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第四模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。In the above scheme, the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the fourth precoding information and number of layers and the fifth precoding information and number of layers, or the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第五流数等于第一流数,所述第六流数等于第二流数,其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number, and the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在上述方案中,通过第四模式和第一模式关联相同的流数,或者第四模式和第二模式关联相同的流数,可以简化终端设备对天线面板的配置。In the above solution, by associating the fourth mode with the first mode and the same number of streams, or associating the fourth mode with the second mode and the same number of streams, the configuration of the antenna panel by the terminal device can be simplified.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示分别关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数与第二信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数相同;In a possible implementation manner, the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the number of ports of each resource in the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合关联第二流数;The third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams;
其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源集合是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的第二信道探测参考信号资源集合关联的流数。The first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
在上述方案中,通过第四模式和第一模式关联相同的信道探测参考信号资源集合,或者第四模式和第一模式关联信道探测参考信号资源集合的相同端口数,可以简化终端设备对天线面板的配置。In the above scheme, by associating the fourth mode and the first mode with the same channel detection reference signal resource set, or associating the fourth mode and the first mode with the same number of ports of the channel detection reference signal resource set, the configuration of the antenna panel of the terminal device can be simplified.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:In a possible implementation manner, determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes:
预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第一模式或所述第二模式或所述第三模式、预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的至少一个天线端口为不相关时,所述N个模式不包括所述第四模式。When the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are associated with the first mode or the second mode or the third mode, and at least one antenna port associated with the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication is unrelated, the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
在上述方案中,预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一模式或第二模式或第三模式、预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的至少一个天线端口为不相关时,该第四模式所指示的预编码信息和层数和第一模式或第二模式或第三模式中预编码信息和层数相同,或者,该第四模式所指示的信道探测参考信号资源指示和第一模式或第二模式或第三模式中信道探测参考信号资源指示相同。终端设备不需要从第一模式或第二模式或第三模式,切换到第四模式,节省第一信息的指示开销。In the above scheme, when the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are associated with the first mode, the second mode or the third mode, and at least one antenna port associated with the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication is unrelated, the precoding information and the number of layers indicated by the fourth mode are the same as the precoding information and the number of layers in the first mode, the second mode or the third mode, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication indicated by the fourth mode is the same as the channel sounding reference signal resource indication in the first mode, the second mode or the third mode. The terminal device does not need to switch from the first mode, the second mode or the third mode to the fourth mode, saving the indication overhead of the first information.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该通信方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由设置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。通信方法,包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by a network device, or can also be executed by a chip or circuit set in the network device, and the present application does not limit this. The communication method includes:
发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于从M个模式中确定N个模式,N是大于0的整数,M是大于或等于N的整数;所述M个模式包括第一模式、第二模式、第三模式和第四模式中的一个或多个模式;Sending first information, where the first information is used to determine N modes from M modes, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N; the M modes include one or more modes of a first mode, a second mode, a third mode, and a fourth mode;
所述第一模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的不同部分; The first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with different parts of the one transport block;
所述第二模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的相同部分;The second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of the one transport block;
所述第三模式为根据一个预编码信息和层数,或一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a layer number, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
所述第四模式为根据至少一个预编码信息和层数,或至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
根据所述N个模式中的一个模式接收传输块。A transport block is received according to one of the N patterns.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=4,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=4, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或,When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, a precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and numbers of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or,
所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或者,When the value of the first information is the third value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or
所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the fourth value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=3,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=3, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:
发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述N个模式中的一个模式,以及,sending second information, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among the N modes, and
所述根据所述N个模式接收传输块包括:The receiving a transport block according to the N modes comprises:
根据所述第二信息指示的所述一个模式接收传输块。A transport block is received according to the one mode indicated by the second information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二信息的值为第五值时,所述第二信息指示所述第一模式;或者,In a possible implementation manner, when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
所述第二信息的值为第六值时,所述第二信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the second information is a sixth value, the second information indicates the second mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the third mode, and one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the third value, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a fourth value, the first information indicates the second mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:In a possible implementation manner, M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式;When the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fourth mode;
所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a third value, the first information indicates the second mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息为无线资源控制RRC、媒体接入控制的控制元素MAC CE、 或者下行控制信息DCI中的至少2比特。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is a radio resource control RRC, a media access control control element MAC CE, Or at least 2 bits in the downlink control information DCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息为RRC、MAC CE、或者DCI中的1比特。In one possible implementation, the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=5,所述M个模式还包括:第五模式;In a possible implementation, M=5, and the M modes further include: a fifth mode;
所述第五模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示在至少两个时刻分别发送同一个传输块;The fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式或所述第二模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode or the second mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode;
或者,or,
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式。When the value of the first information is a first value, N=1, and the first information indicates the first mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,In a possible implementation, the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
所述第一模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数;所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第三流数,或者所述第二预编码信息和层数关联所述第三流数;或者,In a possible implementation, the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the second mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number; the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number, or the second precoding information and layer number are associated with the third stream number; or,
所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第三流数,或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第三流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with the third number of streams.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三流数等于第一流数或者第二流数,或者,所述第三流数是所述第一流数和所述第二流数中的最小值;In a possible implementation manner, the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is a minimum value between the first stream number and the second stream number;
其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数,或者第二预编码信息和层数;其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,或者,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,In a possible implementation, the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,或者,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数;A channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第三预编码信息和层数,所述第三预编码信息和层数关联第四流数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: third precoding information and the number of layers, the third precoding information and the number of layers being associated with a fourth number of streams; or,
所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第四流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小小于或等于第一预编码信息和层数的大小和第二预编码信息和层数的大小之和,和/或,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小大于所述第一预编码信息和层数的大小或者所述第二预编码信息和层数的大小;In a possible implementation manner, the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数。The first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two pieces of precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小小于或等于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小之和,和/或,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小大于所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小; In a possible implementation manner, the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四流数小于或等于第一流数和第二流数,和/或,所述第四流数大于所述第一流数或者所述第二流数;In a possible implementation manner, the fourth stream number is less than or equal to the first stream number and the second stream number, and/or the fourth stream number is greater than the first stream number or the second stream number;
其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第四预编码信息和层数和第五预编码信息和层数,所述第四预编码信息和层数关联第五流数,所述第五预编码信息和层数关联第六流数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: fourth precoding information and the number of layers and fifth precoding information and the number of layers, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a sixth stream number; or,
所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第四信道探测参考信号资源指示和第五信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第五流数,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第六流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四预编码信息和层数与第一预编码信息和层数相同,所述第五预编码信息和层数与第二预编码信息和层数相同,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数;In a possible implementation manner, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers, the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers, and the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode;
或者,or,
所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示与第一信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示与第二信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第五流数等于第一流数,所述第六流数等于第二流数,其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number, and the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示分别关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数与第二信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数相同;In a possible implementation manner, the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the number of ports of each resource in the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合关联第二流数;The third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams;
其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源集合是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的第二信道探测参考信号资源集合关联的流数。The first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:In a possible implementation manner, determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes:
预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第一模式或所述第二模式或所述第三模式、预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的至少一个天线端口为不相关时,所述N个模式不包括所述第四模式。When the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are associated with the first mode or the second mode or the third mode, and at least one antenna port associated with the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication is unrelated, the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including:
接收模块,用于接收第一信息;A receiving module, configured to receive first information;
处理模块,用于根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,N是大于0的整数,M是大于或等于N的整数;所述M个模式包括第一模式、第二模式、第三模式和第四模式中的一个或多个模式;a processing module, configured to determine N modes from the M modes according to the first information, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N; the M modes include one or more modes of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, and the fourth mode;
所述第一模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的不同部分;The first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with different parts of the one transport block;
所述第二模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的相同部分;The second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of the one transport block;
所述第三模式为根据一个预编码信息和层数,或一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a layer number, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
所述第四模式为根据至少一个预编码信息和层数,或至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
发送模块,用于根据所述N个模式中的一个模式发送传输块。A sending module is used to send a transmission block according to one of the N modes.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=4,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=4, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者, When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或,When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, a precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and numbers of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or,
所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或者,When the value of the first information is the third value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or
所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the fourth value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=3,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=3, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述接收模块,还用于接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述N个模式中的一个模式,以及,In a possible implementation, the receiving module is further configured to receive second information, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among the N modes, and
所述发送模块,还用于根据所述第二信息指示的所述一个模式发送传输块。The sending module is further used to send a transmission block according to the mode indicated by the second information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二信息的值为第五值时,所述第二信息指示所述第一模式;或者,In a possible implementation manner, when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
所述第二信息的值为第六值时,所述第二信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the second information is a sixth value, the second information indicates the second mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the third mode, and one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the third value, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a fourth value, the first information indicates the second mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:In a possible implementation manner, M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式;When the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fourth mode;
所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a third value, the first information indicates the second mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息为无线资源控制RRC、媒体接入控制的控制元素MAC CE、或者下行控制信息DCI中的至少2比特。In one possible implementation, the first information is at least 2 bits in the radio resource control RRC, the media access control control element MAC CE, or the downlink control information DCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息为RRC、MAC CE、或者DCI中的1比特。In one possible implementation, the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=5,所述M个模式还包括:第五模式;In a possible implementation, M=5, and the M modes further include: a fifth mode;
所述第五模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示在至少两个时刻分别发送同一个传输块;The fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式或所述第二模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode or the second mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode;
或者,or,
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;所述第一信息的值为 第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式。When the value of the first information is the first value, N=1, and the first information indicates the first mode; When the value is the second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,In a possible implementation, the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
所述第一模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数;所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第三流数,或者所述第二预编码信息和层数关联所述第三流数;或者,In a possible implementation, the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the second mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number; the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number, or the second precoding information and layer number are associated with the third stream number; or,
所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第三流数,或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第三流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with the third number of streams.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三流数等于第一流数或者第二流数,或者,所述第三流数是所述第一流数和所述第二流数中的最小值;In a possible implementation manner, the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is a minimum value between the first stream number and the second stream number;
其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数,或者第二预编码信息和层数;其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,或者,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,In a possible implementation, the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,或者,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数;A channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第三预编码信息和层数,所述第三预编码信息和层数关联第四流数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: third precoding information and the number of layers, the third precoding information and the number of layers being associated with a fourth number of streams; or,
所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第四流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小小于或等于第一预编码信息和层数的大小和第二预编码信息和层数的大小之和,和/或,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小大于所述第一预编码信息和层数的大小或者所述第二预编码信息和层数的大小;In a possible implementation manner, the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数。The first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two pieces of precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小小于或等于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小之和,和/或,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小大于所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小;In a possible implementation manner, the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四流数小于或等于第一流数和第二流数,和/或,所述第四流数大于所述第一流数或者所述第二流数;In a possible implementation manner, the fourth stream number is less than or equal to the first stream number and the second stream number, and/or the fourth stream number is greater than the first stream number or the second stream number;
其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第四预编码信息和层数和第五预编码信息和层数,所述第四预编码信息和层数关联第五流数,所述第五预编码信息和层数关联第六流数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: fourth precoding information and the number of layers and fifth precoding information and the number of layers, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a sixth stream number; or,
所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第四信道探测参考信号资源指示和第五信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第五流数,所述第五信道 探测参考信号资源指示关联第六流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, the fifth channel The sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四预编码信息和层数与第一预编码信息和层数相同,所述第五预编码信息和层数与第二预编码信息和层数相同,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数;In a possible implementation manner, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers, the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers, and the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode;
或者,or,
所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示与第一信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示与第二信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第五流数等于第一流数,所述第六流数等于第二流数,其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number, and the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示分别关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数与第二信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数相同;In a possible implementation manner, the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the number of ports of each resource in the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合关联第二流数;The third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams;
其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源集合是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的第二信道探测参考信号资源集合关联的流数。The first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:In a possible implementation manner, determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes:
预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第一模式或所述第二模式或所述第三模式、预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的至少一个天线端口为不相关时,所述N个模式不包括所述第四模式。When the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are associated with the first mode or the second mode or the third mode, and at least one antenna port associated with the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication is unrelated, the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
在本申请的第三方面中,终端设备的组成模块还可以执行前述第一方面以及各种可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤,详见前述对第一方面以及各种可能的实现方式中的说明。In the third aspect of the present application, the constituent modules of the terminal device may also execute the steps described in the aforementioned first aspect and various possible implementations. For details, please refer to the aforementioned description of the first aspect and various possible implementations.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including:
发送模块,用于发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于从M个模式中确定N个模式,N是大于0的整数,M是大于或等于N的整数;所述M个模式包括第一模式、第二模式、第三模式和第四模式中的一个或多个模式;A sending module, configured to send first information, wherein the first information is used to determine N modes from M modes, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N; the M modes include one or more modes of a first mode, a second mode, a third mode, and a fourth mode;
所述第一模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的不同部分;The first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with different parts of the one transport block;
所述第二模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的相同部分;The second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of the one transport block;
所述第三模式为根据一个预编码信息和层数,或一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a layer number, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
所述第四模式为根据至少一个预编码信息和层数,或至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
接收模块,用于根据所述N个模式中的一个模式接收传输块。The receiving module is used to receive the transmission block according to one mode among the N modes.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=4,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=4, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或,When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, a precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and numbers of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or,
所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或者, When the value of the first information is the third value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or
所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the fourth value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=3,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=3, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述发送模块,还用于发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述N个模式中的一个模式,以及,In a possible implementation manner, the sending module is further used to send second information, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among the N modes, and,
所述接收模块,还用于:根据所述第二信息指示的所述一个模式接收传输块。The receiving module is further used to: receive a transmission block according to the mode indicated by the second information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二信息的值为第五值时,所述第二信息指示所述第一模式;或者,In a possible implementation manner, when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
所述第二信息的值为第六值时,所述第二信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the second information is a sixth value, the second information indicates the second mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the third mode, and one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the third value, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a fourth value, the first information indicates the second mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:In a possible implementation manner, M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式;When the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fourth mode;
所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a third value, the first information indicates the second mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息为无线资源控制RRC、媒体接入控制的控制元素MAC CE、或者下行控制信息DCI中的至少2比特。In one possible implementation, the first information is at least 2 bits in the radio resource control RRC, the media access control control element MAC CE, or the downlink control information DCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息为RRC、MAC CE、或者DCI中的1比特。In one possible implementation, the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述M=5,所述M个模式还包括:第五模式;In a possible implementation, M=5, and the M modes further include: a fifth mode;
所述第五模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示在至少两个时刻分别发送同一个传输块;The fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式或所述第二模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode or the second mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode;
或者,or,
所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式。When the value of the first information is a first value, N=1, and the first information indicates the first mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,In a possible implementation, the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
所述第一模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信 息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数;所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第三流数,或者所述第二预编码信息和层数关联所述第三流数;或者,In a possible implementation, the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the second mode include: the first precoding information information and number of layers and second precoding information and number of layers; the first precoding information and number of layers are associated with a third number of streams, or the second precoding information and number of layers are associated with the third number of streams; or,
所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第三流数,或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第三流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with the third number of streams.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三流数等于第一流数或者第二流数,或者,所述第三流数是所述第一流数和所述第二流数中的最小值;In a possible implementation manner, the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is a minimum value between the first stream number and the second stream number;
其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数,或者第二预编码信息和层数;其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,或者,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,In a possible implementation, the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,或者,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数;A channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第三预编码信息和层数,所述第三预编码信息和层数关联第四流数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: third precoding information and the number of layers, the third precoding information and the number of layers being associated with a fourth number of streams; or,
所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第四流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小小于或等于第一预编码信息和层数的大小和第二预编码信息和层数的大小之和,和/或,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小大于所述第一预编码信息和层数的大小或者所述第二预编码信息和层数的大小;In a possible implementation manner, the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数。The first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two pieces of precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小小于或等于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小之和,和/或,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小大于所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小;In a possible implementation manner, the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四流数小于或等于第一流数和第二流数,和/或,所述第四流数大于所述第一流数或者所述第二流数;In a possible implementation manner, the fourth stream number is less than or equal to the first stream number and the second stream number, and/or the fourth stream number is greater than the first stream number or the second stream number;
其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第四预编码信息和层数和第五预编码信息和层数,所述第四预编码信息和层数关联第五流数,所述第五预编码信息和层数关联第六流数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: fourth precoding information and the number of layers and fifth precoding information and the number of layers, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a sixth stream number; or,
所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第四信道探测参考信号资源指示和第五信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第五流数,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第六流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四预编码信息和层数与第一预编码信息和层数相同,所述第五预编码信息和层数与第二预编码信息和层数相同,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数;In a possible implementation manner, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers, the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers, and the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode;
或者,or,
所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示与第一信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示与第二信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。 The fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第五流数等于第一流数,所述第六流数等于第二流数,其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number, and the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示分别关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数与第二信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数相同;In a possible implementation manner, the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the number of ports of each resource in the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合关联第二流数;The third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams;
其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源集合是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的第二信道探测参考信号资源集合关联的流数。The first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:In a possible implementation manner, determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes:
预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第一模式或所述第二模式或所述第三模式、预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的至少一个天线端口为不相关时,所述N个模式不包括所述第四模式。When the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are associated with the first mode or the second mode or the third mode, and at least one antenna port associated with the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication is unrelated, the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
在本申请的第四方面中,网络设备的组成模块还可以执行前述第二方面以及各种可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤,详见前述对第二方面以及各种可能的实现方式中的说明。In the fourth aspect of the present application, the constituent modules of the network device may also execute the steps described in the aforementioned second aspect and various possible implementations. For details, please refer to the aforementioned description of the second aspect and various possible implementations.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:用于实现第一方面至第二方面中任意一个方面的各种实现方式中的通信方法的各步骤的模块。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: a module for implementing each step of the communication method in various implementation methods of any one of the first aspect to the second aspect.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器,该处理器用于执行存储于存储器中的指令,当所述指令被执行时,使得通信的装置执行上述第一方面至第二方面中任意一个方面及其各种实现方式中的任一种通信方法。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising a processor, wherein the processor is used to execute instructions stored in a memory, and when the instructions are executed, the communication device executes any one of the first to second aspects above and any one of the communication methods in its various implementation methods.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有程序,所述程序使得接收设备执行上述第一方面至第二方面中任意一个方面及其各种实现方式中的任一种通信方法。In the seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a program, wherein the program enables a receiving device to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects and any one of the communication methods in its various implementation methods.
第八方面,提供了一种芯片装置,包括处理电路,该处理电路用于从存储器中调用并运行程序,使得安装有该芯片装置的通信设备执行上述第一方面至第二方面中任意一个方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a chip device is provided, comprising a processing circuit, wherein the processing circuit is used to call and run a program from a memory, so that a communication device equipped with the chip device executes a method in any possible implementation of any one of the first to second aspects above.
第九方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,该指令被计算机执行时,使得所述计算机执行如第一方面至第二方面中任意一个方面任一种可能实现方式中的任一项所述的通信方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions is provided, which, when executed by a computer, causes the computer to execute a communication method as described in any one of the possible implementations of any one of the first to second aspects.
从以上技术方案可以看出,本申请实施例具有以下优点:It can be seen from the above technical solutions that the embodiments of the present application have the following advantages:
在本申请实施例中,终端设备通过接收第一信息实现对终端设备上至少一个预编码信息和层数,或者至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示的传输模式的指示,即该第一信息可指示出第一模式、第二模式或第三模式或第四模式中的一个模式或两个模式。本申请还可以应用于多传输接收点的场景,终端设备通过多个预编码信息和层数,或者多个信道探测参考信号资源指示向一个或多个传输接收点发送传输块时,通过第一信息指示终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式。In an embodiment of the present application, the terminal device receives the first information to indicate the transmission mode of at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel detection reference signal resource indication on the terminal device, that is, the first information can indicate one or two modes of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode. The present application can also be applied to scenarios with multiple transmission receiving points. When the terminal device sends a transmission block to one or more transmission receiving points through multiple precoding information and the number of layers, or multiple channel detection reference signal resource indications, the first information indicates the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel detection reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信系统的架构示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一例应用场景的示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一例通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG3 is a schematic flow chart of an example of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的另一例通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG4 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一例通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG5 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一例通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG6 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一例通信方法的示意性框图;FIG7 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8本申请实施例提供的另一例通信方法的示意性框图;FIG8 is a schematic block diagram of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图9本申请实施例提供的另一例通信方法的示意性框图;FIG9 is a schematic block diagram of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10本申请实施例提供的另一例通信方法的示意性框图;FIG10 is a schematic block diagram of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图; FIG11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG12 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统、NR等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统。通信系统还可以是陆上公用移动通信网(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络、设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信系统、物联网(internet of Things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, NR, etc. The technical solutions provided in the present application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. The communication system can also be a public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, an Internet of Things (IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
5G NR(new radio,NR)为了满足三大场景需求,包括增强移动带宽、海量连接以及高可靠低时延,相较于4G LTE(long term evolution,LTE)下采用的低频频段,5G NR新增了高频频段(通常认为6G以上),比如26GHz、28GHz、39GHz或60GHz频段。高频频段可以实现更大带宽、更高传输速率。由于信号频率较高,信号在空间传播过程中会产生严重的衰落现象,导致信号覆盖严重受限。为了改善这一缺陷,5G NR采用波束赋形(beamforming,BF)技术以获得良好的定向性增益,并可提高不同发射方向的定向功率,改善信干噪比(signal to interference plus noise radio,SINR),从而提升系统性能。在5G NR研究过程中,考虑到部署成本和系统性能的平衡,最终采用包含数字波束赋形和模拟波束赋形的混合波束赋形(hybrid beamforming,HBF)技术。在波束赋形技术实现过程中,天线面板(antenna panel)是核心组件。波束是通过天线面板发送或者接收信息。在5G NR部署实现过程中,由于采用定向波束技术,为了满足广域覆盖,基站(base station,BS)和终端均是采用多天线面板部署。尤其终端,为了在有限空间并节省成本的情况下实现广域覆盖,天线面板的部署对终端信号传输的性能影响更加显著。当前商用的产品,通常在移动终端集成2个或3个天线面板,而固定终端,例如客户前置设备(customer premise equipment,CPE)/固定无线接入(fixed wireless access,FWA)等可能集成更多的天线面板,例如4个或8个天线面板。5G NR (new radio, NR) has added high-frequency bands (usually considered to be above 6G), such as 26GHz, 28GHz, 39GHz or 60GHz, compared with the low-frequency bands used in 4G LTE (long term evolution, LTE) to meet the needs of three scenarios, including enhanced mobile bandwidth, massive connections, and high reliability and low latency. High-frequency bands can achieve larger bandwidth and higher transmission rate. Due to the high signal frequency, the signal will experience severe fading during spatial propagation, resulting in severe limitation of signal coverage. In order to improve this defect, 5G NR uses beamforming (BF) technology to obtain good directional gain, and can increase the directional power in different transmission directions, improve the signal to interference plus noise radio (SINR), and thus improve system performance. In the process of 5G NR research, considering the balance between deployment cost and system performance, hybrid beamforming (HBF) technology including digital beamforming and analog beamforming was finally adopted. In the process of implementing beamforming technology, the antenna panel is the core component. The beam sends or receives information through the antenna panel. In the process of 5G NR deployment and implementation, due to the use of directional beam technology, in order to meet wide area coverage, base stations (BS) and terminals are deployed with multiple antenna panels. Especially for terminals, in order to achieve wide area coverage in limited space and save costs, the deployment of antenna panels has a more significant impact on the performance of terminal signal transmission. Current commercial products usually integrate 2 or 3 antenna panels in mobile terminals, while fixed terminals, such as customer premises equipment (CPE)/fixed wireless access (FWA), may integrate more antenna panels, such as 4 or 8 antenna panels.
应理解,本申请实施例中的天线面板可以是一组天线集合。同时,本申请实施例中的天线面板也可以替换为“天线集合”。It should be understood that the antenna panel in the embodiment of the present application can be a group of antenna sets. At the same time, the antenna panel in the embodiment of the present application can also be replaced by an "antenna set".
可选的,一组天线集合可以是能够独立或者单独控制发送功率的天线集合。一组天线集合也可以是能够独立或者单独定时的天线集合。一组天线集合也可以独立或者单独进行调制编码的天线集合。Optionally, a group of antenna sets may be a group of antennas that can independently or individually control the transmission power. A group of antenna sets may also be a group of antennas that can independently or individually perform timing. A group of antenna sets may also be a group of antennas that can independently or individually perform modulation coding.
在一种实现方式中,本申请实施例中的天线面板可以是终端设备的能力值集合列表中的一个能力值集合。因此,本申请实施例中的天线面板也可以替换为“能力集合”。其中,能力值集合可以包括信道探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)端口数、最大的SRS端口数、上行(uplink,UL)发送的层数、UL发送的最大层数、天线端口的相干类型等。In one implementation, the antenna panel in the embodiment of the present application may be a capability value set in the capability value set list of the terminal device. Therefore, the antenna panel in the embodiment of the present application may also be replaced by a "capability set". Among them, the capability value set may include the number of channel sounding reference signal (SRS) ports, the maximum number of SRS ports, the number of layers sent by uplink (UL), the maximum number of layers sent by UL, the coherence type of the antenna port, etc.
可选的,能力值集合和同步信号和物理广播信道块(synchronization signal and physical broadcast channel block,SSB)资源指示(SSB resource indicator,SSBRI)存在对应关系,或者能力值集合和信道状态信息参考信号(channel-state information reference signal,CSI-RS)资源指示(CRI-RS resource indicator,CRI)存在对应关系。从而,一个天线面板也可以指一个SSBRI或者CRI。Optionally, there is a correspondence between a capability value set and a synchronization signal and physical broadcast channel block (SSB) resource indicator (SSBRI), or there is a correspondence between a capability value set and a channel-state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource indicator (CRI-RS resource indicator, CRI). Thus, an antenna panel may also refer to an SSBRI or a CRI.
在一种实现方式中,本申请实施例中的天线面板也可以替换为“SSBRI”或“CRI”。In one implementation, the antenna panel in the embodiment of the present application may also be replaced by "SSBRI" or "CRI".
可选的,能力值集合与SSBRI的对应关系,或能力值集合与CRI的对应关系可以是终端设备确定的。终端设备可以在波束上报中将能力值集合和SSBRI对应关系,或能力值集合和CRI的对应关系上报给网络设备。或者,终端设备可以将能力值集合或SSBRI或CRI上报给网络设备。Optionally, the correspondence between the capability value set and the SSBRI, or the correspondence between the capability value set and the CRI can be determined by the terminal device. The terminal device can report the correspondence between the capability value set and the SSBRI, or the correspondence between the capability value set and the CRI to the network device in the beam reporting. Alternatively, the terminal device can report the capability value set or the SSBRI or the CRI to the network device.
在一种实现方式中,本申请实施例中的天线面板可以是一个SRS集合。因此,本申请中的天线面板也可以称为“SRS集合”。In one implementation, the antenna panel in the embodiment of the present application may be an SRS set. Therefore, the antenna panel in the present application may also be referred to as an "SRS set".
可选的,本申请实施例中,一个天线面板的定义可以是动态变化的。例如,在时刻1,一个天线面 板包括4个SRS端口的能力集合。在时刻1之后的时刻2,该天线面板可以包括2个SRS端口的能力集合。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the definition of an antenna panel may be dynamically changed. For example, at time 1, an antenna panel The board includes a capability set of 4 SRS ports. At time 2 after time 1, the antenna panel may include a capability set of 2 SRS ports.
在本申请实施例中,传输块(transport block,TB)是指供物理层处理的媒体访问控制(Media Access Control,MAC)子层和物理层之间数据交换的基本单元。在一种实现方式中,传输块为包含MAC协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)的一个数据块。In the embodiments of the present application, a transport block (TB) refers to a basic unit of data exchange between a media access control (MAC) sublayer and a physical layer for processing by the physical layer. In one implementation, a transport block is a data block containing a MAC protocol data unit (PDU).
在本申请实施例中的模式可以是传输方式、传输规则、映射方式、映射规则、确定资源的方式。The mode in the embodiments of the present application may be a transmission method, a transmission rule, a mapping method, a mapping rule, or a method for determining resources.
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信系统的架构示意图。如图1所示,该无线通信系统100可包括:网络设备101和终端设备102,终端设备102可以与网络设备101连接,其中,网络设备101还可以称为基站设备。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 1, the wireless communication system 100 may include: a network device 101 and a terminal device 102, the terminal device 102 may be connected to the network device 101, wherein the network device 101 may also be referred to as a base station device.
应理解,上述通信系统100可以包括多个终端设备102与多个网络设备101,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should be understood that the above-mentioned communication system 100 may include multiple terminal devices 102 and multiple network devices 101, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
在一种实现方式中,本申请可应用于多种移动通信场景,包括但不限于网络设备101和终端设备102之间或终端设备102之间的点对点传输、网络设备101和终端设备102的多跳传输、多个基站和用户设备的DC(dual connectivity,双连接)或多连接等场景。In one implementation, the present application can be applied to a variety of mobile communication scenarios, including but not limited to point-to-point transmission between network device 101 and terminal device 102 or between terminal devices 102, multi-hop transmission between network device 101 and terminal device 102, DC (dual connectivity) or multi-connection scenarios between multiple base stations and user devices.
应理解,本申请实施例中的终端设备102可以指无人机(unmanned aerial vehicle,UAV)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端(terminal)、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备或者未来车联网中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。It should be understood that the terminal device 102 in the embodiment of the present application may refer to an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV), an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a user equipment (UE), a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent or a user device. The terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication function, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a terminal device in a 5G network or a terminal device in a future public land mobile network (PLMN) or a terminal device in a future Internet of Vehicles, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能。例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example but not limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, wearable devices may also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are a general term for wearable devices that are intelligently designed and developed by applying wearable technology to daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly speaking, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, and fully or partially functional devices that do not rely on smartphones. For example: smart watches or smart glasses, as well as those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。在本申请实施例中,IoT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band,NB)技术,做到海量连接,深度覆盖,终端省电。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the Internet of Things (IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing an intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and object-to-object interconnection. In the embodiment of the present application, IoT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through narrowband (NB) technology, for example.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等传感器,主要功能包括收集数据(部分终端设备)、接收网络设备的控制信息与下行数据,并发送电磁波,向网络设备传输上行数据。In addition, in an embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, gas stations, etc., and its main functions include collecting data (partial terminal devices), receiving control information and downlink data from network devices, and sending electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to network devices.
在一种实现方式中,终端设备102还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市中的无线终端、智慧家庭中的无线终端等。本申请实施例中,用于实现终端功能的装置可以是终端;也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置。例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In one implementation, the terminal device 102 may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, a wireless terminal in a smart grid, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the terminal function may be a terminal; or it may be a device that can support the terminal to realize the function. For example, a chip system, the device may be installed in a terminal, and the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
还应理解,本申请实施例涉及到的网络设备101包括接入网设备,例如基站,BS可以是一种部署在无线接入网中能够和终端进行无线通信的设备。其中,基站可能有多种形式,比如宏基站、微基站、中继站和接入点等。示例性地,本申请实施例涉及到的基站可以是5G中的基站,其中,5G中的基站还可以称为传输接收点或5G基站(next-generation node B,gNB)。 It should also be understood that the network device 101 involved in the embodiment of the present application includes access network equipment, such as a base station, and the BS can be a device deployed in a wireless access network that can communicate wirelessly with a terminal. Among them, the base station may have various forms, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, and an access point. Exemplarily, the base station involved in the embodiment of the present application can be a base station in 5G, wherein the base station in 5G can also be called a transmission receiving point or a 5G base station (next-generation node B, gNB).
本申请实施例中的网络设备101可以是用于与终端设备102通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的通信设备。该设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(home evolved NodeB,HeNB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者传输接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G系统,如,NR系统中的gNB,或,传输点,5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元,或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。The network device 101 in the embodiment of the present application can be any communication device with wireless transceiver function for communicating with the terminal device 102. The device includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home evolved Node B (HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (WIFI) system, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., and can also be a 5G system, such as a gNB in an NR system, or a transmission point, one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or it can also be a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit, or a distributed unit (DU), etc.
在一些部署中,本申请实施例中的网络设备101可以是指集中单元(central unit,CU)或者DU或者,网络设备包括CU和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU和AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the network device 101 in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a central unit (CU) or a DU, or the network device includes a CU and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). The CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing the functions of the radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer, and the physical (PHY) layer. The AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing, and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be converted from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or by the DU and the AAU. It is understandable that the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU may be classified as a network device in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU may be classified as a network device in a core network (core network, CN), and this application does not limit this.
进一步地,CU还可以划分为控制面的中央单元(CU-CP)和用户面的中央单元(CU-UP)。其中,CU-CP和CU-UP也可以部署在不同的物理设备上,CU-CP负责控制面功能,主要包含RRC层和PDCP-C层。PDCP-C层主要负责控制面数据的加解密,完整性保护,数据传输等。CU-UP负责用户面功能,主要包含SDAP层和PDCP-U层。其中SDAP层主要负责将核心网的数据进行处理并将流(flow)映射到承载。PDCP-U层主要负责数据面的加解密,完整性保护,头压缩,序列号维护,数据传输等至少一种功能。具体地,CU-CP和CU-UP通过通信接口(例如,E1接口)连接。CU-CP代表网络设备通过通信接口(例如,Ng接口)和核心网设备连接,通过通信接口(例如,F1-C(控制面)接口)和DU连接。CU-UP通过通信接口(例如,F1-U(用户面)接口)和DU连接。还有一种可能的实现,PDCP-C层也包含在CU-UP中。Further, the CU can also be divided into a central unit of the control plane (CU-CP) and a central unit of the user plane (CU-UP). Among them, the CU-CP and the CU-UP can also be deployed on different physical devices. The CU-CP is responsible for the control plane function, mainly including the RRC layer and the PDCP-C layer. The PDCP-C layer is mainly responsible for the encryption and decryption, integrity protection, data transmission, etc. of the control plane data. The CU-UP is responsible for the user plane function, mainly including the SDAP layer and the PDCP-U layer. Among them, the SDAP layer is mainly responsible for processing the data of the core network and mapping the flow to the bearer. The PDCP-U layer is mainly responsible for at least one function of encryption and decryption, integrity protection, header compression, sequence number maintenance, and data transmission of the data plane. Specifically, the CU-CP and the CU-UP are connected through a communication interface (e.g., an E1 interface). The CU-CP represents the network device and is connected to the core network device through a communication interface (e.g., an Ng interface), and is connected to the DU through a communication interface (e.g., an F1-C (control plane) interface). The CU-UP is connected to the DU through a communication interface (e.g., an F1-U (user plane) interface). There is another possible implementation, where the PDCP-C layer is also included in the CU-UP.
可以理解的是,以上关于CU和DU,以及CU-CP和CU-UP的协议层划分仅为示例,也可能有其他的划分方式,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It can be understood that the above protocol layer divisions of CU and DU, as well as CU-CP and CU-UP are only examples, and there may be other division methods, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请中的网络设备101可以为包括CU、或DU、或包括CU和DU的设备、或者控制面CU节点(CU-CP节点)和用户面CU节点(CU-UP节点)以及DU节点的设备。The network device 101 in the present application may be a device including a CU, or a DU, or a device including a CU and a DU, or a device including a control plane CU node (CU-CP node) and a user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and a DU node.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备101和终端设备102可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球或者卫星上。本申请实施例中对网络设备和终端设备所处的场景不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device 101 and the terminal device 102 can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; can also be deployed on the water surface; can also be deployed on an airplane, balloon or satellite in the air. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the scene in which the network device and the terminal device are located.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备101或网络设备102包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device 101 or the network device 102 includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and a memory (also called main memory). The operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or Windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备101;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。In an embodiment of the present application, the device for implementing the function of the network device may be the network device 101; or it may be a device that can support the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the network device.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于通信设备间的无线通信。通信设备间的无线通信可以包括:网络设备102和终端设备101之间的无线通信、网络设备和网络设备间的无线通信以及终端和终端间的无线通信。其中,在本申请实施例中,术语“无线通信”还可以简称为“通信”,术语“通信”还可以 描述为“数据传输”、“信息传输”或“传输”。The technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to wireless communication between communication devices. Wireless communication between communication devices may include: wireless communication between network device 102 and terminal device 101, wireless communication between network devices and between terminals. In the embodiment of the present application, the term "wireless communication" may also be referred to as "communication". The term "communication" may also be referred to as "communication". Described as "data transfer", "information transfer" or "transfer".
图2是本申请实施例提供的一例应用场景的示意图。如图2所示,该应用场景包括网络设备210、网络设备220以及终端设备230。其中,该终端设备230包括天线面板231和天线面板232。作为一种可选的实施方式,在图2所示出的应用场景中,网络设备210和网络设备220可以为分别两个基站。网络设备210和网络设备220也可以为一个基站的两个传输接收点TRP。FIG2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG2, the application scenario includes a network device 210, a network device 220, and a terminal device 230. Among them, the terminal device 230 includes an antenna panel 231 and an antenna panel 232. As an optional implementation, in the application scenario shown in FIG2, the network device 210 and the network device 220 can be two base stations respectively. The network device 210 and the network device 220 can also be two transmission receiving points TRP of a base station.
应理解,在上述应用场景中可包含多个终端设备及多个网络设备,其中,终端设备230的天线面板数量可以为多个,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should be understood that the above-mentioned application scenario may include multiple terminal devices and multiple network devices, wherein the number of antenna panels of the terminal device 230 may be multiple, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种实现方式中,当网络设备为终端设备配置多个SRS资源集时,终端设备可以通过接收网络设备发送的SRS资源指示(SRS resource indicator,SRI)确定SRS资源集中的SRS资源,进而确定上行传输对应的天线面板和发送预编码。其中,预编码可以是数字的波束赋形和/或预编码,或是模拟的波束赋形和/或预编码,或是数字与模拟混合的波束赋形和预编码。In one implementation, when a network device configures multiple SRS resource sets for a terminal device, the terminal device can determine the SRS resource in the SRS resource set by receiving an SRS resource indicator (SRI) sent by the network device, and then determine the antenna panel and transmission precoding corresponding to the uplink transmission. The precoding can be digital beamforming and/or precoding, or analog beamforming and/or precoding, or a combination of digital and analog beamforming and precoding.
在一种实现方式中,网络设备可为终端设备配置一个或多个SRS资源集。一个SRS资源集可包含一个或多个SRS资源,其中,一个SRS资源可包括SRS资源ID、SRS端口数、SRS的时域类型指示、SRS的周期、SRS在一个时隙中的时频资源位置等。In one implementation, the network device may configure one or more SRS resource sets for the terminal device. An SRS resource set may include one or more SRS resources, wherein an SRS resource may include an SRS resource ID, a number of SRS ports, an SRS time domain type indication, an SRS period, a time-frequency resource position of an SRS in a time slot, and the like.
在一种实现方式中,当传输方式为基于码本(codebook,CB)的上行传输时,网络设备可为终端设备配置多个SRS资源集。每个SRS资源集包括一个或多个SRS资源,终端设备将每个SRS资源集中的SRS资源发送给网络设备。每个SRS资源对应一个上行信道,网络设备通过接收到的SRS资源获知不同的上行信道质量,网络设备根据上行信道质量挑选SRS资源,并向终端设备进行指示。网络设备向终端设备发送SRI、传输预编码矩阵指示(transmitted precoding matrix indicator,TPMI)和传输秩指示(transmitted rank indication,TRI)。SRI用于指示网络设备所选择的SRS资源,终端设备可根据接收到的SRI确定网络设备选择的SRS资源。终端设备在先前发送该SRS资源的波束方向上发送物理上行共享信道(physical uplink share channel,PUSCH),这里发送PUSCH也可以理解为在PUSCH上发送数据。终端设备进一步可以根据SRS资源确定出上行传输过程中用于传输该PUSCH对应的天线面板或天线端口。TPMI用于指示发送该PUSCH时所采用的预编码矩阵。TRI用于指示发送该PUSCH时所采用的秩(rank数)。In one implementation, when the transmission mode is codebook (CB)-based uplink transmission, the network device may configure multiple SRS resource sets for the terminal device. Each SRS resource set includes one or more SRS resources, and the terminal device sends the SRS resources in each SRS resource set to the network device. Each SRS resource corresponds to an uplink channel. The network device learns different uplink channel qualities through the received SRS resources. The network device selects SRS resources according to the uplink channel qualities and indicates them to the terminal device. The network device sends SRI, transmitted precoding matrix indicator (TPMI) and transmitted rank indication (TRI) to the terminal device. SRI is used to indicate the SRS resource selected by the network device, and the terminal device can determine the SRS resource selected by the network device according to the received SRI. The terminal device sends a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in the beam direction of the previously sent SRS resource. Sending PUSCH here can also be understood as sending data on PUSCH. The terminal device can further determine the antenna panel or antenna port corresponding to the PUSCH used for transmitting the PUSCH during the uplink transmission process according to the SRS resources. TPMI is used to indicate the precoding matrix used when sending the PUSCH. TRI is used to indicate the rank used when sending the PUSCH.
可选的,对于基于码本的上行传输方式,每个SRS资源集内最多包括2个SRS资源,每个SRS资源为多端口的SRS资源。在本申请实施例中,可将SRS资源称为信道,本申请实施例中,信道也可以为传输链路。例如,如图2所示,网络设备210和/或网络设备220为终端设备230配置2个SRS资源集,即#1SRS资源集与#2SRS资源集。图2中每个SRS资源集对应一个网络设备。#1SRS资源集包括两个SRS资源,即如图2所示的信道1和信道2,这里信道1可以称为SRS资源1,信道2可以称为SRS资源2。#2SRS资源集包括两个SRS资源,即如图2所示的信道3和信道4,这里信道3可以称为SRS资源3,信道4可以称为SRS资源4。Optionally, for a codebook-based uplink transmission method, each SRS resource set includes at most 2 SRS resources, and each SRS resource is a multi-port SRS resource. In an embodiment of the present application, an SRS resource may be referred to as a channel, and in an embodiment of the present application, a channel may also be a transmission link. For example, as shown in FIG2 , the network device 210 and/or the network device 220 configures 2 SRS resource sets for the terminal device 230, namely, a #1 SRS resource set and a #2 SRS resource set. Each SRS resource set in FIG2 corresponds to a network device. The #1 SRS resource set includes two SRS resources, namely, channel 1 and channel 2 as shown in FIG2 , where channel 1 may be referred to as SRS resource 1, and channel 2 may be referred to as SRS resource 2. The #2 SRS resource set includes two SRS resources, namely, channel 3 and channel 4 as shown in FIG2 , where channel 3 may be referred to as SRS resource 3, and channel 4 may be referred to as SRS resource 4.
在图2的应用场景中,终端设备230具有两个天线面板231和232,终端设备可以通过两个天线面板将4个SRS资源发送给网络设备。在图2中示出了终端设备通过面板231发送SRS资源1和SRS资源3,终端设备通过面板232发送SRS资源2和SRS资源4。当网络设备向终端设备指示所选择的SRS资源,终端设备可以确定该SRS资源所对应的天线面板,从而确定采用哪个天线面板发送PUSCH。例如,当网络设备向终端设备指示所选择的SRS资源为SRS资源1,那么终端设备能够确定SRS资源1对应的天线面板为天线面板231,因此,终端设备可以确定采用面板231发送PUSCH。这里发送PUSCH也可以理解为发送传输块。In the application scenario of Figure 2, the terminal device 230 has two antenna panels 231 and 232, and the terminal device can send four SRS resources to the network device through the two antenna panels. Figure 2 shows that the terminal device sends SRS resource 1 and SRS resource 3 through panel 231, and the terminal device sends SRS resource 2 and SRS resource 4 through panel 232. When the network device indicates the selected SRS resource to the terminal device, the terminal device can determine the antenna panel corresponding to the SRS resource, thereby determining which antenna panel to use to send PUSCH. For example, when the network device indicates to the terminal device that the selected SRS resource is SRS resource 1, the terminal device can determine that the antenna panel corresponding to SRS resource 1 is antenna panel 231, so the terminal device can determine to use panel 231 to send PUSCH. Sending PUSCH here can also be understood as sending a transmission block.
图2中示出的是每个SRS资源集包括2个SRS资源的示例,作为可选的实施方式,每个SRS资源集还可以仅包括一个SRS资源。FIG2 shows an example in which each SRS resource set includes two SRS resources. As an optional implementation, each SRS resource set may also include only one SRS resource.
在一种实现方式中,当上行传输为基于非码本(non-codebook,NCB)的上行传输时,网络设备可以为终端设备配置多个SRS资源集,不同于CB的上行传输,NCB的上行传输中,每个SRS资源集最多包括4个SRS资源,每个SRS资源为单端口的SRS资源。In one implementation, when the uplink transmission is a non-codebook (NCB)-based uplink transmission, the network device can configure multiple SRS resource sets for the terminal device. Different from the CB uplink transmission, in the NCB uplink transmission, each SRS resource set includes a maximum of 4 SRS resources, and each SRS resource is a single-port SRS resource.
应理解,本申请可适用于基于码本或基于非码本的的上行传输方式,图2中示出的是基于码本的上行传输场景,图2仅为示例性说明,本申请对此不做限定。 It should be understood that the present application can be applicable to a codebook-based or non-codebook-based uplink transmission method. FIG. 2 shows an uplink transmission scenario based on a codebook. FIG. 2 is only an exemplary illustration and the present application does not limit this.
可以理解,网络设备可以选择一个或多个SRS资源,并向终端设备进行指示,终端设备通过网络设备所指示的一个或多个SRS资源向网络设备发送PUSCH。终端设备可以通过不同的传输模式利用一个或多个SRS资源向网络设备发送PUSCH。It is understood that the network device can select one or more SRS resources and indicate them to the terminal device, and the terminal device sends PUSCH to the network device through the one or more SRS resources indicated by the network device. The terminal device can use one or more SRS resources to send PUSCH to the network device through different transmission modes.
可选的,在本申请实施例中,一个PUSCH可以包括一个或多个传输块,一个天线面板可以发送一个传输块,或者发送一个传输块的一部分。Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, a PUSCH may include one or more transmission blocks, and an antenna panel may send a transmission block, or send a part of a transmission block.
可选的,在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以通过一个SRI向终端设备指示一个SRS资源,网络设备可以通过多个SRI向终端设备指示多个SRS资源,此时,每个SRI指示一个SRS资源。Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, the network device may indicate one SRS resource to the terminal device through one SRI, and the network device may indicate multiple SRS resources to the terminal device through multiple SRIs. In this case, each SRI indicates one SRS resource.
可选的,在本申请实施例中,终端设备通过天线面板向网络设备发送传输块具体为,终端设备通过天线面板的一个或多个解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)端口向网络设备发送传输块。Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device through the antenna panel. Specifically, the terminal device sends the transmission block to the network device through one or more demodulation reference signal (DMRS) ports of the antenna panel.
下面将对本申请实施例涉及的四个模式进行说明:The following is a description of the four modes involved in the embodiments of the present application:
在本申请实施例中所涉及的四个模式包括第一模式、第二模式、第三模式与第四模式。The four modes involved in the embodiment of the present application include a first mode, a second mode, a third mode and a fourth mode.
第一模式:First mode:
第一模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数(Precoding information and number of layers),或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示(srs resource indicator,SRI)同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联一个传输块的不同部分。例如,第一模式为根据两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联一个传输块的不同部分。The first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and number of layers (Precoding information and number of layers), or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indicators (SRS resource indicators, SRIs), and different precoding information and number of layers or channel sounding reference signal resource indicators are associated with different parts of a transport block. For example, the first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to two precoding information and number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indicators, and different precoding information and number of layers or channel sounding reference signal resource indicators are associated with different parts of a transport block.
或者,第一模式为通过终端设备上的至少两个天线面板同时发送同一个传输块的传输方式,其中,不同的天线面板发送传输块的不同部分。Alternatively, the first mode is a transmission method in which the same transmission block is sent simultaneously through at least two antenna panels on the terminal device, wherein different antenna panels send different parts of the transmission block.
或者第一模式为按照至少两个天线面板同时发送同一个传输块的传输方式,其中,不同的天线面板发送传输块的不同部分。Alternatively, the first mode is a transmission method in which at least two antenna panels simultaneously send the same transmission block, wherein different antenna panels send different parts of the transmission block.
其中,预编码信息和层数又可以称为“预编码信息和层数/流数”、“预编码信息和流数”等,层(layer)和流数(rank)在本申请实施例中可以理解为等价概念。另外,预编码信息和层数也可以理解为传输预编码矩阵(Transmission Precoding Matrix Indicator,TPMI)。例如预编码信息和层数、预编码信息和层数域、TPMI、TPMI域可以理解为相同的表述。在基于码本(codebook)的物理上行共享信道(physical uplink share channel,PUSCH)中,网络设备通过TPMI域指示UE在PUSCH传输所使用的预编码矩阵(Precoding Matrix Indicator,PMI)和传输的流数(rank)。Among them, the precoding information and the number of layers can also be referred to as "precoding information and the number of layers/number of streams", "precoding information and the number of streams", etc. The layer (layer) and the number of streams (rank) can be understood as equivalent concepts in the embodiments of the present application. In addition, the precoding information and the number of layers can also be understood as the transmission precoding matrix (Transmission Precoding Matrix Indicator, TPMI). For example, precoding information and the number of layers, precoding information and the number of layers domain, TPMI, and TPMI domain can be understood as the same expression. In the codebook-based physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), the network device indicates the UE the precoding matrix (Precoding Matrix Indicator, PMI) and the number of streams (rank) used in the PUSCH transmission through the TPMI domain.
信道探测参考信号资源指示又可以称为“SRS资源指示”、“SRI”、SRI域。在基于非码本(non-codebook)的PUSCH传输中,SRI用于指示网络设备所选择的SRS资源,终端设备可根据接收到的SRI确定网络设备选择的SRS资源。终端设备在先前发送该SRS资源的波束方向上发送PUSCH,这里发送PUSCH也可以理解为在PUSCH上发送数据。终端设备进一步可以根据SRS资源确定出上行传输过程中用于传输该PUSCH对应的天线面板或天线端口。The channel sounding reference signal resource indication can also be called "SRS resource indication", "SRI", or SRI domain. In non-codebook-based PUSCH transmission, SRI is used to indicate the SRS resources selected by the network device, and the terminal device can determine the SRS resources selected by the network device based on the received SRI. The terminal device sends the PUSCH in the beam direction that previously sent the SRS resource. Sending the PUSCH here can also be understood as sending data on the PUSCH. The terminal device can further determine the antenna panel or antenna port corresponding to the transmission of the PUSCH during the uplink transmission process based on the SRS resource.
本申请实施例中,终端设备的2个天线面板与2个传输配置指示状态(transmission configuration indicator state,TCI state),或者2个准共址(quasi-co-location,QCL)关系,或者2个波束,或者2个TPMI域,或者2个SRI域,或者2个信道探测参考信号资源集合(SRS resource set),或者2个信道探测参考信号资源(SRS resource)是一一对应的。2个TCI state,或者2个QCL关系,或者2个波束,或者2个TPMI域,或者2个SRI域,或者2个SRS resource set,或者2个SRS resource与2个天线面板具有关联关系。类似的,1个TCI state,或者1个QCL关系,或者1个波束,或者1个TPMI域,或者1个SRI域,或者1个SRS resource set,或者1个SRS resource与1个天线面板具有关联关系。In the embodiment of the present application, two antenna panels of the terminal device correspond one to one with two transmission configuration indicator states (TCI states), or two quasi-co-location (QCL) relationships, or two beams, or two TPMI domains, or two SRI domains, or two channel sounding reference signal resource sets (SRS resource sets), or two channel sounding reference signal resources (SRS resources). Two TCI states, or two QCL relationships, or two beams, or two TPMI domains, or two SRI domains, or two SRS resource sets, or two SRS resources are associated with two antenna panels. Similarly, one TCI state, or one QCL relationship, or one beam, or one TPMI domain, or one SRI domain, or one SRS resource set, or one SRS resource is associated with one antenna panel.
在第一模式下,终端设备根据2个TCI state,或者2个QCL关系,或者2个波束,或者2个TPMI域,或者2个SRI域,或者2个SRS resource set(第一SRS resource set和第二SRS resource set),或者2个SRS resource在同一时间,或者同一时刻,或者同一时间段,或者同时发送一个数据的不同layer的传输模式,或者同一数据的不同layer的传输模式。例如,一个数据的通过layer0通过第一个TPMI发送,一个数据的layer1通过第二个TPMI发送。可选的,2个TPMI域,或者2个SRI域,或者2 个TCI state,或者2个QCL关系,或者2个SRS resource set与两个码分多路复用组(code division multiplexing,CDMgroup)分别关联。可选的,每个SRS resource set、或者每个TPMI域,或者每个SRI域关联一个流数的最大值(max rank)。In the first mode, the terminal device sends a data transmission mode of different layers at the same time, or a transmission mode of different layers of the same data at the same time, or a transmission mode of different layers of the same data at the same time according to 2 TCI states, or 2 QCL relationships, or 2 beams, or 2 TPMI domains, or 2 SRI domains, or 2 SRS resource sets (first SRS resource set and second SRS resource set), or 2 SRS resources at the same time, or at the same moment, or at the same time period. For example, a data layer 0 is sent through the first TPMI, and a data layer 1 is sent through the second TPMI. Optionally, 2 TPMI domains, or 2 SRI domains, or 2 Two TCI states, or two QCL relationships, or two SRS resource sets are associated with two code division multiplexing groups (CDMgroups). Optionally, each SRS resource set, or each TPMI domain, or each SRI domain is associated with a maximum number of streams (max rank).
例如,天线面板231和天线面板232同时发送同一个传输块,其中通过天线面板231和天线面板232发送同一个传输块的不同部分,或者终端设备230上的天线面板231与天线面板232同时分别发送一个传输块。For example, antenna panel 231 and antenna panel 232 send the same transmission block at the same time, where different parts of the same transmission block are sent through antenna panel 231 and antenna panel 232, or antenna panel 231 and antenna panel 232 on terminal device 230 send a transmission block respectively at the same time.
在第一模式中,终端设备可以通过多个天线面板向同一个网络设备发送传输块,也可以向不同的网络设备发送传输块。In the first mode, the terminal device can send transmission blocks to the same network device through multiple antenna panels, or send transmission blocks to different network devices.
例如,终端设备230通过天线面板231向网络设备210发送一个传输块的一个部分,终端设备同时通过天线面板232向网络设备210发送该一个传输块的另一个部分。For example, the terminal device 230 sends a part of a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231, and the terminal device simultaneously sends another part of the transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232.
又例如,终端设备230通过天线面板231向网络设备210发送一个传输块的一个部分,终端设备同时通过天线面板232向网络设备220发送该一个传输块的另一个部分。For another example, the terminal device 230 sends a part of a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231, and the terminal device simultaneously sends another part of the transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 232.
又例如,终端设备230通过天线面板231向网络设备210发送一个传输块,终端设备同时通过天线面板232向网络设备210发送另一个传输块。For another example, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 , and the terminal device simultaneously sends another transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232 .
又例如,终端设备230通过天线面板231向网络设备210发送一个传输块,终端设备同时通过天线面板232向网络设备220发送另一个传输块。For another example, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 , and the terminal device simultaneously sends another transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 232 .
可选的,本申请实施例中,第一模式还可以理解为根据多个SRI指示的SRS资源在至少两个天线面板上同时发送传输块,在每个天线面板上根据一个SRS资源发送传输块。例如,如图2所示,当网络设备通过两个SRI向终端设备指示SRS资源1和SRS资源4,终端设备在天线面板231上通过信道1向网络设备210发送传输块,同时终端设备在天线面板232上通过信道4向网络设备220发送传输块。这里,可以将该SRI指示的SRS资源与天线面板上发送传输块所采用DMRS端口之间称为有共址关系。因此,第一模式还可以理解根据多个共址关系在至少2个天线面板上同时发送传输块。Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, the first mode can also be understood as sending transmission blocks simultaneously on at least two antenna panels according to the SRS resources indicated by multiple SRIs, and sending transmission blocks on each antenna panel according to one SRS resource. For example, as shown in Figure 2, when the network device indicates SRS resource 1 and SRS resource 4 to the terminal device through two SRIs, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through channel 1 on the antenna panel 231, and at the same time, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 220 through channel 4 on the antenna panel 232. Here, the SRS resource indicated by the SRI and the DMRS port used to send the transmission block on the antenna panel can be referred to as having a co-location relationship. Therefore, the first mode can also be understood as sending transmission blocks simultaneously on at least 2 antenna panels according to multiple co-location relationships.
应理解,本申请实施例的第一模式中的“同时”可理解为终端设备上的至少两个天线面板在向网络设备发送传输块的时间单元内存在交集,或者“同时”可以理解为同一时刻,或者“同时”可以理解为同一时间。It should be understood that the "simultaneous" in the first mode of the embodiment of the present application can be understood as at least two antenna panels on the terminal device having an intersection within the time unit of sending transmission blocks to the network device, or "simultaneous" can be understood as the same moment, or "simultaneous" can be understood as the same time.
可选的,第一模式又可以称为空分复用(Space Division Multiplexing,SDM)模式,或者SDM传输模式。Optionally, the first mode can also be called space division multiplexing (SDM) mode, or SDM transmission mode.
第二模式:Second mode:
第二模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联一个传输块的相同部分。例如,第二模式为根据两个预编码信息和层数,或两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联一个传输块的相同部分。对于预编码信息和层数、信道探测参考信号资源指示、天线面板的说明,详见前述第一模式中的说明。The second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and numbers of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and numbers of layers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of a transport block. For example, the second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to two precoding information and numbers of layers, or two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and numbers of layers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of a transport block. For the description of precoding information and number of layers, channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and antenna panel, please refer to the description in the aforementioned first mode.
或者,第二模式为终端设备通过至少两个天线面板同时发送相同传输块的传输模式。Alternatively, the second mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device simultaneously sends the same transmission block through at least two antenna panels.
在第二模式下,终端设备根据(或者采用)2个TCI state,或者2个QCL关系,或者2个波束,或者2个TPMI域,或者2个SRI域,或者2个SRS resource set,或者2个SRS resource在同一时间,或者同一时刻,或者同一时间段,或者同时发送一个数据的相同数据流,或者同时发送同一数据,或者同时发送相同数据/数据流。例如一个数据通过2个TPMI发送。可选的,2个TPMI域,或者2个SRI域,或者2个TCI state,或者2个QCL关系,或者2个SRS resource set与一个CDM group关联。可选的,两个SRS resource set、或者两个TPMI域,或者两个SRI域关联同一个流数的最大值。In the second mode, the terminal device sends the same data stream of a data, or sends the same data, or sends the same data/data stream at the same time, or at the same moment, or at the same time, or at the same time, or at the same time, according to (or using) 2 TCI states, or 2 QCL relationships, or 2 beams, or 2 TPMI domains, or 2 SRI domains, or 2 SRS resource sets, or 2 SRS resources. For example, one data is sent through 2 TPMIs. Optionally, 2 TPMI domains, or 2 SRI domains, or 2 TCI states, or 2 QCL relationships, or 2 SRS resource sets are associated with a CDM group. Optionally, two SRS resource sets, or two TPMI domains, or two SRI domains are associated with the maximum number of the same stream.
例如,终端设备230通过天线面板231在第一时刻向网络设备210发送一个传输块,随后终端设备230通过天线面板232在第一时刻向网络设备220发送相同的传输块。For example, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 at a first moment, and then the terminal device 230 sends the same transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 232 at a first moment.
又例如,终端设备230通过天线面板231向网络设备210发送一个传输块,同时终端设备230通过天线面板232向网络设备220发送相同的传输块。For another example, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 , and at the same time, the terminal device 230 sends the same transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 232 .
这里,相同的传输块是指:两个或多个传输块中承载的信息或数据是相同的。或者,相同的传输块是指一个传输块的相同部分。或者,相同的传输块是指一个传输块的不同冗余版本(redundancy version)。 Here, the same transport block means that the information or data carried in two or more transport blocks is the same. Alternatively, the same transport block refers to the same part of a transport block. Alternatively, the same transport block refers to different redundancy versions of a transport block.
在对第二模式的上述说明中,时刻可以理解为时间单元。In the above description of the second mode, a time point can be understood as a time unit.
应理解,本申请实施例中的时间单元可为:一个或者多个符号、一个或者多个时隙、一个或者多个微时隙(mini slot)、一个或者多个帧(frame)、一个或者多个子帧(subframe)、一个或者多个半帧(half frame)。It should be understood that the time unit in the embodiments of the present application may be: one or more symbols, one or more time slots, one or more mini slots, one or more frames, one or more subframes, or one or more half frames.
例如,天线面板231和天线面板232同时发送同一个传输块,其中通过天线面板231和天线面板232发送同一个传输块的相同部分,或者终端设备230上的天线面板231与天线面板232同时分别发送同一个传输块。For example, antenna panel 231 and antenna panel 232 send the same transmission block at the same time, wherein the same part of the same transmission block is sent through antenna panel 231 and antenna panel 232, or antenna panel 231 and antenna panel 232 on terminal device 230 send the same transmission block at the same time respectively.
在第二模式中,终端设备可以通过多个天线面板向同一个网络设备发送传输块。In the second mode, the terminal device can send transmission blocks to the same network device through multiple antenna panels.
例如,终端设备230通过天线面板231向网络设备210发送一个传输块的一个部分,终端设备同时通过天线面板232向网络设备210发送该一个传输块的相同部分。For example, the terminal device 230 sends a part of a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231, and the terminal device simultaneously sends the same part of the transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232.
又例如,终端设备230通过天线面板231向网络设备210发送一个传输块,终端设备同时通过天线面板232向网络设备210发送同一个传输块。For another example, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 , and the terminal device simultaneously sends the same transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232 .
可选的,本申请实施例中,第二模式还可以理解为根据多个SRI指示的SRS资源在至少两个天线面板上同时发送传输块,在每个天线面板上根据一个SRS资源发送传输块。例如,如图2所示,当网络设备通过两个SRI向终端设备指示SRS资源1和SRS资源4,终端设备在天线面板231上通过信道1向网络设备210发送传输块,同时终端设备在天线面板232上通过信道4向网络设备220发送传输块。这里,可以将该SRI指示的SRS资源与天线面板上发送传输块所采用DMRS端口之间称为有共址关系。因此,第二模式还可以理解根据多个共址关系在至少2个天线面板上同时发送相同的传输块。Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, the second mode can also be understood as sending transmission blocks on at least two antenna panels simultaneously according to the SRS resources indicated by multiple SRIs, and sending transmission blocks on each antenna panel according to one SRS resource. For example, as shown in Figure 2, when the network device indicates SRS resource 1 and SRS resource 4 to the terminal device through two SRIs, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through channel 1 on the antenna panel 231, and at the same time, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 220 through channel 4 on the antenna panel 232. Here, the SRS resource indicated by the SRI and the DMRS port used to send the transmission block on the antenna panel can be referred to as having a co-location relationship. Therefore, the second mode can also be understood as sending the same transmission block on at least two antenna panels simultaneously according to multiple co-location relationships.
可选的,第二模式又可以称为单频网(Single Frequency Network,SFN)模式,或者SFN传输模式。Optionally, the second mode can be also called single frequency network (SFN) mode, or SFN transmission mode.
在本申请的一些实施方式中,第一模式适用于增强移动宽带(Enhanced Mobile Broadband,eMBB),即大容量场景,第二模式适用于低时延高可靠通信(Ultra-Reliable Low-Latency Communications,URLLC),即高可靠性场景。In some embodiments of the present application, the first mode is applicable to enhanced mobile broadband (Enhanced Mobile Broadband, eMBB), that is, a large-capacity scenario, and the second mode is applicable to ultra-reliable low-latency communications (Ultra-Reliable Low-Latency Communications, URLLC), that is, a high-reliability scenario.
第三模式:Third mode:
第三模式为根据一个预编码信息和层数,或一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块。对于预编码信息和层数、信道探测参考信号资源指示、天线面板的说明,详见前述第一模式中的说明。The third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a number of layers, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication. For the description of the precoding information and the number of layers, the channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the antenna panel, please refer to the description of the first mode above.
或者,第三模式为终端设备通过一个天线面板向网络设备发送传输块的传输模式,或者终端设备按照一个天线面板向网络设备发送传输块的传输模式,或者终端设备在一个天线面板上向网络设备发送传输块的传输模式。例如,终端设备230通过天线面板231向网络设备210发送一个传输块。或者终端设备230通过天线面板231向网络设备210和网络设备220发送一个传输块。Alternatively, the third mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device through an antenna panel, or a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device according to an antenna panel, or a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device on an antenna panel. For example, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231. Or the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 and the network device 220 through the antenna panel 231.
例如,在第三模式,终端设备采用1个TCI state,或者1个QCL关系,或者1个波束,或者1个TPMI域,或者1个SRI域,或者1个SRS resource set,或者1个SRS resource发送数据。或者,终端设备采用第一TCI state(或者第二TCI state),或者第一QCL(或者第二QCL)发送数据。可选的,传输可以是单次传输或者多次传输。For example, in the third mode, the terminal device uses 1 TCI state, or 1 QCL relationship, or 1 beam, or 1 TPMI domain, or 1 SRI domain, or 1 SRS resource set, or 1 SRS resource to send data. Alternatively, the terminal device uses the first TCI state (or the second TCI state), or the first QCL (or the second QCL) to send data. Optionally, the transmission can be a single transmission or multiple transmissions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三模式还可以表示为根据一个SRS资源集配置,通过一个天线面板发送传输块。具体而言,第三模式是指当网络设备为终端设备配置了一个SRS资源集,且终端设备通过一个天线面板向网络设备发送传输块,那么此时为第三模式。例如,如图2所示,当网络设备为终端设备配置的SRS资源集为#1SRS资源集时,第三模式可以理解为终端设备230通过天线面板231上向网络设备210发送传输块,或者,终端设备230通过天线面板232向网络设备210发送传输块。In a possible implementation, the third mode can also be expressed as sending a transmission block through an antenna panel according to an SRS resource set configuration. Specifically, the third mode means that when the network device configures an SRS resource set for the terminal device, and the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device through an antenna panel, then it is the third mode. For example, as shown in Figure 2, when the SRS resource set configured by the network device for the terminal device is the #1SRS resource set, the third mode can be understood as the terminal device 230 sending a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231, or the terminal device 230 sending a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232.
可选的,本申请实施例中,第三模式还可以理解为根据一个SRI指示的一个SRS资源在一个天线面板上发送传输块。例如,如图2所示,当网络设备通过一个SRI向终端设备指示SRS资源1,终端设备在天线面板231上通过信道1向网络设备210发送传输块。这里,可以将该SRI指示的SRS资源与天线面板上发送传输块所采用DMRS端口之间称为有共址关系。因此,第三模式还可以理解根据一个共址关系发送传输块。Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, the third mode can also be understood as sending a transmission block on an antenna panel according to an SRS resource indicated by an SRI. For example, as shown in FIG2, when the network device indicates SRS resource 1 to the terminal device through an SRI, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through channel 1 on the antenna panel 231. Here, the SRS resource indicated by the SRI and the DMRS port used to send the transmission block on the antenna panel can be referred to as having a co-location relationship. Therefore, the third mode can also be understood as sending a transmission block according to a co-location relationship.
可选的,第三模式又可以称为一种单个传输接收点(singletransmission receiving point,trp,sTRP)模式,或者一种sTRP传输模式。 Optionally, the third mode can also be called a single transmission receiving point (trp, sTRP) mode, or a sTRP transmission mode.
第四模式:Fourth mode:
第四模式为根据至少一个预编码信息和层数,或至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块。第四模式关联的预编码信息和层数可以为一个或两个,第四模式关联的信道探测参考信号资源指示可以为一个或两个,对于预编码信息和层数、信道探测参考信号资源指示、天线面板的说明,详见前述第一模式中的说明。The fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication. The precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode may be one or two, and the channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode may be one or two. For the description of the precoding information and the number of layers, the channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the antenna panel, refer to the description in the aforementioned first mode.
或者,第四模式为终端设备通过一个天线面板向网络设备发送传输块的传输模式,或者终端设备按照一个天线面板向网络设备发送传输块的传输模式,或者终端设备在一个天线面板上向网络设备发送传输块的传输模式。或者,第四模式为终端设备通过两个天线面板向网络设备发送传输块的传输模式,或者终端设备按照两个天线面板向网络设备发送传输块的传输模式,或者终端设备在两个天线面板上向网络设备发送传输块的传输模式。Alternatively, the fourth mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device via one antenna panel, or a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device according to one antenna panel, or a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device on one antenna panel. Alternatively, the fourth mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device via two antenna panels, or a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device according to two antenna panels, or a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device on two antenna panels.
可选的,在第四模式,终端设备采用1个TCI state,或者1个QCL关系,或者1个波束,或者1个TPMI域,或者1个SRI域,或者1个SRS resource set,或者1个SRS resource发送数据。可选的,传输可以是单次传输或者多次传输。Optionally, in a fourth mode, the terminal device transmits data using 1 TCI state, or 1 QCL relationship, or 1 beam, or 1 TPMI domain, or 1 SRI domain, or 1 SRS resource set, or 1 SRS resource. Optionally, the transmission may be a single transmission or multiple transmissions.
第四模式和第三模式的区别在于,第四模式关联的预编码信息和层数的大小大于第三模式关联的预编码信息和层数的大小。The difference between the fourth mode and the third mode is that the size of the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode is greater than the size of the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第四模式还可以表示为根据一个SRS资源集配置,通过一个天线面板发送传输块。具体而言,第四模式是指当网络设备为终端设备配置了一个SRS资源集,且终端设备通过一个天线面板向网络设备发送传输块,那么此时为第四模式。例如,如图2所示,当网络设备为终端设备配置的SRS资源集为#1SRS资源集时,第四模式可以理解为终端设备230通过天线面板231上向网络设备210发送传输块,或者,终端设备230通过天线面板232向网络设备210发送传输块。In a possible implementation, the fourth mode can also be expressed as sending a transmission block through an antenna panel according to an SRS resource set configuration. Specifically, the fourth mode means that when the network device configures an SRS resource set for the terminal device, and the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device through an antenna panel, then it is the fourth mode. For example, as shown in Figure 2, when the SRS resource set configured by the network device for the terminal device is the #1SRS resource set, the fourth mode can be understood as the terminal device 230 sending a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231, or the terminal device 230 sending a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232.
可选的,本申请实施例中,第四模式还可以理解为根据一个SRI指示的一个SRS资源在一个天线面板上发送传输块。例如,如图2所示,当网络设备通过一个SRI向终端设备指示SRS资源1,终端设备在天线面板231上通过信道1向网络设备210发送传输块。这里,可以将该SRI指示的SRS资源与天线面板上发送传输块所采用DMRS端口之间称为有共址关系。因此,第四模式还可以理解根据一个共址关系发送传输块。Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, the fourth mode can also be understood as sending a transmission block on an antenna panel according to an SRS resource indicated by an SRI. For example, as shown in Figure 2, when the network device indicates SRS resource 1 to the terminal device through an SRI, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through channel 1 on the antenna panel 231. Here, the SRS resource indicated by the SRI and the DMRS port used to send the transmission block on the antenna panel can be referred to as having a co-location relationship. Therefore, the fourth mode can also be understood as sending a transmission block according to a co-location relationship.
可选的,第四模式又可以称为另一种sTRP模式,或者另一种sTRP传输模式。Optionally, the fourth mode can also be called another sTRP mode, or another sTRP transmission mode.
另外,第三模式和第四模式都可以称为sTRP模式,区别在于,第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数的大小小于第四模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数,或者,第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小小于第四模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示。或者,第三模式关联一个预编码信息和层数,第四模式关联两个预编码信息和层数。或者,第三模式关联一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,第四模式关联两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。In addition, both the third mode and the fourth mode can be called sTRP mode, the difference being that the size of one precoding information and number of layers associated with the third mode is smaller than the size of one precoding information and number of layers associated with the fourth mode, or the size of one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode is smaller than the size of one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode. Alternatively, the third mode is associated with one precoding information and number of layers, and the fourth mode is associated with two precoding information and number of layers. Alternatively, the third mode is associated with one channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the fourth mode is associated with two channel sounding reference signal resource indications.
在本申请的一些实施例中,除涉及的前述的四个模式之外,还可以涉及第五模式。In some embodiments of the present application, in addition to the aforementioned four modes, a fifth mode may also be involved.
第五模式:Fifth mode:
第五模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示在至少两个时刻分别发送同一个传输块。例如,第五模式为根据两个预编码信息和层数,或两个信道探测参考信号资源指示在至少两个时刻分别发送同一个传输块。对于预编码信息和层数、信道探测参考信号资源指示、天线面板的说明,详见前述第一模式中的说明。The fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications. For example, the fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to two precoding information and the number of layers, or two channel sounding reference signal resource indications. For the description of the precoding information and the number of layers, the channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the antenna panel, please refer to the description of the first mode above.
或者,第五模式为终端设备通过至少一个天线面板在至少两个时刻发送相同传输块的传输模式,其中,在该至少两个时刻中的每个时刻通过一个天线面板发送该传输块。或者第五模式为终端设备按照至少一个天线面板在至少两个时刻发送相同传输块的传输模式,其中,在该至少两个时刻中的每个时刻按照一个天线面板发送该传输块。或者第五模式为终端设备在至少一个天线面板上在至少两个时刻发送相同传输块的传输模式,其中,在该至少两个时刻中的每个时刻在一个天线面板上发送该传输块。Alternatively, the fifth mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends the same transmission block at at least two times through at least one antenna panel, wherein the transmission block is sent through one antenna panel at each of the at least two times. Alternatively, the fifth mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends the same transmission block at at least two times according to at least one antenna panel, wherein the transmission block is sent according to one antenna panel at each of the at least two times. Alternatively, the fifth mode is a transmission mode in which the terminal device sends the same transmission block at at least two times on at least one antenna panel, wherein the transmission block is sent on one antenna panel at each of the at least two times.
例如,终端设备230通过天线面板231在第一时刻向网络设备210发送一个传输块,随后终端设备230通过天线面板232在第二时刻向网络设备220发送相同的传输块,其中,第一时刻与第二时刻不同。For example, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 at a first moment, and then the terminal device 230 sends the same transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 232 at a second moment, wherein the first moment is different from the second moment.
又例如,终端设备230通过天线面板231在第一时刻向网络设备210发送一个传输块,随后终端设备230通过天线面板231在第二时刻向网络设备220发送相同的传输块,其中,第一时刻与第二时刻不 同。For another example, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 via the antenna panel 231 at a first moment, and then the terminal device 230 sends the same transmission block to the network device 220 via the antenna panel 231 at a second moment, wherein the first moment and the second moment are different. same.
又例如,终端设备230通过天线面板231在第一时刻向网络设备210发送一个传输块,随后终端设备230通过天线面板232在第二时刻向网络设备210发送相同的传输块,其中,第一时刻与第二时刻不同。For another example, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 via the antenna panel 231 at a first moment, and then the terminal device 230 sends the same transmission block to the network device 210 via the antenna panel 232 at a second moment, wherein the first moment is different from the second moment.
这里,相同的传输块是指:两个或多个传输块中承载的信息或数据是相同的。或者,相同的传输块是指一个传输块的不同冗余版本(redundancy version)。Here, the same transport block means that the information or data carried in two or more transport blocks are the same. Alternatively, the same transport block refers to different redundancy versions of a transport block.
在对第五模式的上述说明中,时刻可以理解为时间单元。相应地,第一时刻和第二时刻可以理解为第一时间单元和第二时间单元。那么第五模式可以理解为:通过至少一个天线面板在至少两个时间单元发送相同传输块的传输模式,其中,在该至少两个时间单元中的每个时间单元通过一个天线面板发送该传输块。此时,第一时间单元和第二时间单元不交叠。In the above description of the fifth mode, the moment can be understood as a time unit. Accordingly, the first moment and the second moment can be understood as the first time unit and the second time unit. Then the fifth mode can be understood as: a transmission mode in which the same transmission block is sent in at least two time units through at least one antenna panel, wherein each time unit in the at least two time units sends the transmission block through an antenna panel. At this time, the first time unit and the second time unit do not overlap.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第五模式还可以表示为根据多个SRS资源集配置,在至少两个时间单元中的每个时间单元内按照一个天线面板发送传输块,其中该至少两个时间单元不交叠。具体而言,第五模式是指当网络设备为终端设备配置了多个SRS资源集,终端设备在至少两个时间单元发送传输块,且在每个时间单元内,通过一个天线面板向网络设备发送传输块,两个时间单元不交叠,那么此时为第五模式。In a possible implementation, the fifth mode can also be expressed as sending a transmission block according to one antenna panel in each of at least two time units according to a plurality of SRS resource set configurations, wherein the at least two time units do not overlap. Specifically, the fifth mode refers to when the network device configures a plurality of SRS resource sets for the terminal device, the terminal device sends a transmission block in at least two time units, and in each time unit, sends a transmission block to the network device through one antenna panel, and the two time units do not overlap, then this is the fifth mode.
例如,如图2所示,当网络设备为终端设备配置的SRS资源集为#1SRS资源集和#2SRS资源集时,终端设备230通过天线面板231在第一时间单元内向网络设备210发送一个传输块,随后终端设备230通过天线面板232在第二时间单元内向网络设备220发送传输块,其中,第一时间单元与第二时间单元不同。For example, as shown in Figure 2, when the SRS resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device are #1SRS resource set and #2SRS resource set, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 within the first time unit, and then the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 232 within the second time unit, wherein the first time unit is different from the second time unit.
又例如,当网络设备为终端设备配置的SRS资源集为#1SRS资源集和#2SRS资源集时,终端设备230通过天线面板231在第一时间单元向网络设备210发送一个传输块,随后终端设备230通过天线面板231在第二时间单元向网络设备220发送传输块,其中,第一时间单元与第二时间单元不同。For another example, when the SRS resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device are #1SRS resource set and #2SRS resource set, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 in a first time unit, and then the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 220 through the antenna panel 231 in a second time unit, wherein the first time unit is different from the second time unit.
又例如,当网络设备为终端设备配置的SRS资源集为#1SRS资源集和#2SRS资源集时,终端设备230通过天线面板231在第一时间单元向网络设备210发送一个传输块,随后终端设备230通过天线面板232在第二时间单元向网络设备210发送相同的传输块,其中,第一时间单元与第二时间单元不同。For another example, when the SRS resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device are #1SRS resource set and #2SRS resource set, the terminal device 230 sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 231 in the first time unit, and then the terminal device 230 sends the same transmission block to the network device 210 through the antenna panel 232 in the second time unit, wherein the first time unit is different from the second time unit.
可选的,本申请实施例中,第五模式还可以理解为根据多个SRI指示的SRS资源在在至少两个时间单元中的每个时间单元内按照一个天线面板发送传输块,在每个时间单元内根据一个SRS资源发送传输块。例如,如图2所示,当网络设备通过两个SRI向终端设备指示SRS资源1和SRS资源4,终端设备在第一时间单元内在天线面板231上通过信道1向网络设备210发送传输块,随后终端设备在第二时间单元内在天线面板232上通过信道4向网络设备220发送传输块。这里,可以将该SRI指示的SRS资源与天线面板上发送传输块所采用DMRS端口之间称为有共址关系。因此,第五模式还可以理解根据多个共址关系在至少两个时间单元内发送传输块。Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, the fifth mode can also be understood as sending a transmission block according to an antenna panel in each time unit of at least two time units according to the SRS resources indicated by multiple SRIs, and sending a transmission block according to an SRS resource in each time unit. For example, as shown in Figure 2, when the network device indicates SRS resource 1 and SRS resource 4 to the terminal device through two SRIs, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 210 through channel 1 on the antenna panel 231 in the first time unit, and then the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device 220 through channel 4 on the antenna panel 232 in the second time unit. Here, the SRS resource indicated by the SRI and the DMRS port used to send the transmission block on the antenna panel can be referred to as having a co-location relationship. Therefore, the fifth mode can also be understood as sending a transmission block in at least two time units according to multiple co-location relationships.
可选的,第五模式又可以称为时分复用(TimeDivision Multiplexing,TDM)模式,或者TDM传输模式。Optionally, the fifth mode can be also called time division multiplexing (TDM) mode, or TDM transmission mode.
可选的,在终端设备配置有多个天线面板的场景中,当终端设备向一个网络设备发送传输块,支持第一模式、第二模式、第三模式和第四模式,这里的一个网络设备可以是一个传输接收点。Optionally, in a scenario where the terminal device is configured with multiple antenna panels, when the terminal device sends a transmission block to a network device, the first mode, the second mode, the third mode and the fourth mode are supported, and a network device here can be a transmission receiving point.
可以理解,在每一种传输模式中,终端设备通过网络设备所指示的一个或多个SRS资源向网络设备发送传输块。It can be understood that in each transmission mode, the terminal device sends a transmission block to the network device through one or more SRS resources indicated by the network device.
接下来对本申请实施例中涉及的第一模式、第二模式、第三模式与第四模式中每个模式关联的预编码信息和层数、信道探测参考信号资源指示,分别进行说明。Next, the precoding information and number of layers, and channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with each mode in the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, and the fourth mode involved in the embodiments of the present application are explained respectively.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数,第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
第一模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数。 The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
具体的,第一模式关联的每个预编码信息和层数、或者每个信道探测参考信号资源指示关联一个流数的最大值(max rank)。第一流数和第二流数是第一模式关联的两个流数,通过第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数、或者第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第一模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。例如第一TPMI关于第一流数,第一SRI关联第一流数。第二TPMI关于第二流数,第二SRI关联第二流数。Specifically, each precoding information and number of layers associated with the first mode, or each channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a maximum value (max rank) of a stream number. The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode. The first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, can indicate the first mode associated with the terminal device, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device. For example, the first TPMI is about the first stream number, and the first SRI is associated with the first stream number. The second TPMI is about the second stream number, and the second SRI is associated with the second stream number.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数;第一预编码信息和层数关联第三流数,或者第二预编码信息和层数关联第三流数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the second mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number; the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number, or the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number; or,
第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第三流数,或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第三流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams.
具体的,第二模式关联的每个预编码信息和层数、或者每个信道探测参考信号资源指示关联一个流数的最大值。第三流数是第二模式关联的流数,通过第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数、或者第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第二模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。例如第一TPMI域,或者第一SRI域关联第三流数;或者第二TPMI域,或者第二SRI域也关联第三流数。Specifically, each precoding information and number of layers associated with the second mode, or each channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a maximum value of a stream number. The third stream number is the stream number associated with the second mode, and the first precoding information and number of layers and the second precoding information and number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication can indicate the second mode associated with the terminal device, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device. For example, the first TPMI domain, or the first SRI domain is associated with the third stream number; or the second TPMI domain, or the second SRI domain is also associated with the third stream number.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第三流数等于第一流数或者第二流数,或者,第三流数是第一流数和第二流数中的最小值;In a possible implementation manner, the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is the minimum value of the first stream number and the second stream number;
其中,第一流数和第二流数是第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
具体的,第三流数是第二模式关联的流数,该第三流数可以等于第一模式关联的其中一个流数。例如第三流数等于第一流数。或者第三流数等于第二流数。或者,第一流数小于第二流数,第三流数等于第一流数。或者第一流数大于第二流数,第三流数等于第二流数。对于第三流数的取值不做限定。通过第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数、或者第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第二模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。Specifically, the third stream number is the stream number associated with the second mode, and the third stream number may be equal to one of the stream numbers associated with the first mode. For example, the third stream number is equal to the first stream number. Or the third stream number is equal to the second stream number. Or, the first stream number is less than the second stream number, and the third stream number is equal to the first stream number. Or the first stream number is greater than the second stream number, and the third stream number is equal to the second stream number. There is no limitation on the value of the third stream number. Through the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the second mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数,或者第二预编码信息和层数;其中,第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,或者,第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;其中,第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,或者,第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数;A channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
其中,第一流数和第二流数是第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
具体的,第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数、或者一个信道探测参考信号资源指示关联一个流数的最大值。第一流数和第二流数是第一模式关联的两个流数,通过第一预编码信息和层数或者第二预编码信息和层数、或者第一信道探测参考信号资源指示或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第三模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。例如第三模式关联的TPMI域是第一TPMI域,第三模式关联的SRI域是第一SRI域,第三模式关联的第一TPMI域和第一模式关联的第一TPMI域是相同的TPMI。或者,第三模式关联的第一SRI域和第一模式关联的第一SRI域是相同的SRI。又如,第三模式关联的TPMI域是第二TPMI域,第三模式关联的SRI域是第二SRI域,第三模式关联的第二TPMI域和第一模式关联的第二TPMI域是相同的TPMI。或者,第三模式关联的第二SRI域和第一模式关联的第二SRI域是相同的SRI。Specifically, a precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a maximum value of a number of streams. The first number of streams and the second number of streams are two numbers of streams associated with the first mode. The first precoding information and the number of layers or the second precoding information and the number of layers, or the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication can indicate the third mode associated with the terminal device, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers on the terminal device, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication. For example, the TPMI domain associated with the third mode is the first TPMI domain, the SRI domain associated with the third mode is the first SRI domain, and the first TPMI domain associated with the third mode and the first TPMI domain associated with the first mode are the same TPMI. Or, the first SRI domain associated with the third mode and the first SRI domain associated with the first mode are the same SRI. For another example, the TPMI domain associated with the third mode is the second TPMI domain, the SRI domain associated with the third mode is the second SRI domain, and the second TPMI domain associated with the third mode and the second TPMI domain associated with the first mode are the same TPMI. Alternatively, the second SRI domain associated with the third mode and the second SRI domain associated with the first mode are the same SRI.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第四模式关联的预编码信息和层数可以是一个预编码信息和层数,或者第四模式关联的信道探测参考信号资源指示可以是一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者第四模式关联的天线面板可以是一个天线面板。 In a possible implementation, the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode may be a precoding information and a number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode may be a channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or the antenna panel associated with the fourth mode may be an antenna panel.
第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第三预编码信息和层数,第三预编码信息和层数关联第四流数;或者,The at least one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode include: the third precoding information and the number of layers, the third precoding information and the number of layers being associated with a fourth number of streams; or,
第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,第三信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第四流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
具体的,第四模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数、或者一个信道探测参考信号资源指示关联一个流数的最大值。第四流数是第四模式关联的一个流数,通过第三预编码信息和层数、或者第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第四模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。Specifically, a maximum value of a stream number associated with a precoding information and a number of layers, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode. The fourth stream number is a stream number associated with the fourth mode, and the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated through the third precoding information and the number of layers, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第三预编码信息和层数的大小小于或等于第一预编码信息和层数的大小和第二预编码信息和层数的大小之和,和/或,第三预编码信息和层数的大小大于第一预编码信息和层数的大小或者第二预编码信息和层数的大小;In a possible implementation manner, the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
其中,第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数是第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数。或者,第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数是第二模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数。The first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode. Alternatively, the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the second mode.
具体的,第四模式的一个预编码信息和层数的大小大于第一模式的一个预编码信息和层数的大小,或者,第四模式的一个预编码信息和层数的大小等于第一模式的两个预编码信息和层数的大小。例如,第三预编码信息和层数的大小等于第一预编码信息和层数的大小和第二预编码信息和层数的大小之和。或者,第三预编码信息和层数的大小小于第一预编码信息和层数的大小和第二预编码信息和层数的大小之和。或者,第三预编码信息和层数的大小大于第一预编码信息和层数的大小。或者,第三预编码信息和层数的大小大于第二预编码信息和层数的大小。通过第三预编码信息和层数、或者第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第四模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。Specifically, the size of one precoding information and the number of layers of the fourth mode is larger than the size of one precoding information and the number of layers of the first mode, or the size of one precoding information and the number of layers of the fourth mode is equal to the size of two precoding information and the number of layers of the first mode. For example, the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers. Or, the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is smaller than the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers. Or, the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is larger than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers. Or, the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is larger than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers. By means of the third precoding information and the number of layers, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
例如第四模式关联的TPMI域是第三TPMI域,第一模式关联的TPMI域是第一TPMI域和第二TPMI域,第四模式关联的第三TPMI域大小小于或等于第一TPMI域和第二TPMI域的和,或者第三TPMI域的大小大于第一TPMI域的大小,或者第三TPMI域的大小大于第二TPMI域的大小。For example, the TPMI domain associated with the fourth mode is the third TPMI domain, the TPMI domain associated with the first mode is the first TPMI domain and the second TPMI domain, the size of the third TPMI domain associated with the fourth mode is less than or equal to the sum of the first TPMI domain and the second TPMI domain, or the size of the third TPMI domain is greater than the size of the first TPMI domain, or the size of the third TPMI domain is greater than the size of the second TPMI domain.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第四模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数的大小小于或等于第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数的大小之和,和/或,第四模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数的大小大于第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数中较小一个预编码信息和层数的大小。In one possible implementation, the size of one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode is less than or equal to the sum of the sizes of two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode, and/or the size of one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode is greater than the size of the smaller of the two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第四模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数的大小小于或等于第二模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数的大小之和,和/或,第四模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数的大小大于第二模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数中较小一个预编码信息和层数的大小。In one possible implementation, the size of one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode is less than or equal to the sum of the sizes of two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the second mode, and/or the size of one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode is greater than the size of the smaller of the two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the second mode.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小小于或等于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小之和,和/或,第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小大于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小;In a possible implementation, the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
其中,第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
具体的,第四模式的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小大于第一模式的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小,或者,第四模式的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小等于第一模式的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小。例如,第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小等于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小之和。或者,第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小小于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小之和。或者,第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小大于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小。或者,第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小大于第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小。通过第三信道探测参考信号资源指示、或者第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第四模式,从而对终端设备上信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。Specifically, the size of a channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the fourth mode is greater than the size of a channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the first mode, or the size of a channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the fourth mode is equal to the size of two channel sounding reference signal resource indications of the first mode. For example, the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication. Or, the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication. Or, the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication. Or, the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication. Through the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated, thereby accurately indicating the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device, or the transmission mode associated with the channel sounding reference signal resource indication.
例如第四模式关联的SRI域是第三SRI域,第一模式关联的SRI域是第一SRI域和第二SRI域,第四模式关联的第三SRI域大小小于或等于第一SRI域和第二SRI域的和,或者第三SRI域的大小大于第 一SRI域的大小,或者第三SRI域的大小大于第二SRI域的大小。For example, the SRI domain associated with the fourth mode is the third SRI domain, the SRI domain associated with the first mode is the first SRI domain and the second SRI domain, the size of the third SRI domain associated with the fourth mode is less than or equal to the sum of the first SRI domain and the second SRI domain, or the size of the third SRI domain is greater than the first SRI domain. The size of the first SRI field, or the size of the third SRI field is greater than the size of the second SRI field.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第四流数小于或等于第一流数和第二流数,和/或,第四流数大于第一流数或者第二流数;In a possible implementation manner, the fourth flow number is less than or equal to the first flow number and the second flow number, and/or the fourth flow number is greater than the first flow number or the second flow number;
其中,第一流数和第二流数是第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
具体的,第四流数是第四模式关联的流数,该第四流数可以等于第一模式关联的两个流数之和,或者第四流数可以小于第一模式关联的两个流数之和。对于第四流数的取值不做限定。通过第三预编码信息和层数、或者第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第四模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。Specifically, the fourth stream number is the stream number associated with the fourth mode, and the fourth stream number may be equal to the sum of the two stream numbers associated with the first mode, or the fourth stream number may be less than the sum of the two stream numbers associated with the first mode. There is no limitation on the value of the fourth stream number. The fourth mode associated with the terminal device can be indicated by the third precoding information and the number of layers, or the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and the number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第四模式关联的预编码信息和层数可以是两个预编码信息和层数,或者第四模式关联的信道探测参考信号资源指示可以是两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者第四模式关联的天线面板可以是两个天线面板。In one possible implementation, the precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode may be two precoding information and two layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode may be two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, or the antenna panel associated with the fourth mode may be two antenna panels.
第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第四预编码信息和层数和第五预编码信息和层数,第四预编码信息和层数关联第五流数,第五预编码信息和层数关联第六流数;或者,The at least one precoding information and layer number associated with the fourth mode includes: fourth precoding information and layer number and fifth precoding information and layer number, the fourth precoding information and layer number are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and layer number are associated with a sixth stream number; or,
第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第四信道探测参考信号资源指示和第五信道探测参考信号资源指示,第四信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第五流数,第五信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第六流数。At least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
具体的,第四模式关联的每个预编码信息和层数、或者每个信道探测参考信号资源指示关联一个流数的最大值。第五流数和第六流数是第四模式关联的两个流数,通过第四预编码信息和层数和第五预编码信息和层数、或者第四信道探测参考信号资源指示和第五信道探测参考信号资源指示,能够指示终端设备关联的第四模式,从而对终端设备上预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的传输模式进行准确指示。例如第四TPMI关于第五流数,第四SRI关联第五流数。第五TPMI关于第六流数,第五SRI关联第六流数。Specifically, each precoding information and number of layers associated with the fourth mode, or each channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a maximum value of a stream number. The fifth stream number and the sixth stream number are two stream numbers associated with the fourth mode. The fourth precoding information and number of layers and the fifth precoding information and number of layers, or the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication can indicate the fourth mode associated with the terminal device, thereby accurately indicating the transmission mode associated with the precoding information and number of layers, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication on the terminal device. For example, the fourth TPMI is about the fifth stream number, and the fourth SRI is associated with the fifth stream number. The fifth TPMI is about the sixth stream number, and the fifth SRI is associated with the sixth stream number.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第四预编码信息和层数与第一预编码信息和层数相同,第五预编码信息和层数与第二预编码信息和层数相同,第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数是第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数;In a possible implementation manner, the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers, the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers, and the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode;
或者,or,
第四信道探测参考信号资源指示与第一信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,第五信道探测参考信号资源指示与第二信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
具体的,第四模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数,与第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数相同。或者,第四模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,与第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示相同。或者第四模式关联的两个天线面板与第一模式关联的两个天线面板相同。通过第四模式和第一模式关联相同的预编码信息和层数,或者第四模式和第一模式关联相同的信道探测参考信号资源指示,可以简化终端设备对天线面板的配置。Specifically, the two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode. Or, the two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode. Or, the two antenna panels associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two antenna panels associated with the first mode. By associating the same precoding information and number of layers as the first mode, or associating the same channel sounding reference signal resource indication as the first mode, the configuration of the antenna panel by the terminal device can be simplified.
第四模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数,与第二模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数相同。或者,第四模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,与第二模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示相同。或者第四模式关联的两个天线面板与第二模式关联的两个天线面板相同。通过第四模式和第二模式关联相同的预编码信息和层数,或者第四模式和第二模式关联相同的信道探测参考信号资源指示,可以简化终端设备对天线面板的配置。The two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the second mode. Or, the two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode. Or, the two antenna panels associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two antenna panels associated with the second mode. By associating the fourth mode with the same precoding information and the number of layers as the second mode, or associating the fourth mode with the same channel sounding reference signal resource indication as the second mode, the configuration of the antenna panel by the terminal device can be simplified.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第五流数等于第一流数,第六流数等于第二流数,其中,第一流数和第二流数是第一模式关联的两个流数。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number, and the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
具体的,第四模式关联的两个流数,与第一模式关联的两个流数相同。或者,第四模式关联的两个流数,与第二模式关联的两个流数相同。通过第四模式和第一模式关联相同的流数,或者第四模式和第二模式关联相同的流数,可以简化终端设备对天线面板的配置。Specifically, the two stream numbers associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two stream numbers associated with the first mode. Alternatively, the two stream numbers associated with the fourth mode are the same as the two stream numbers associated with the second mode. By associating the fourth mode with the same number of streams as the first mode, or associating the fourth mode with the same number of streams as the second mode, the configuration of the antenna panel by the terminal device can be simplified.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第四模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示分别关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合。可选的,第三信道探测参考信号资源集合中 每个资源的端口数与第二信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数相同;In a possible implementation, at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the third channel sounding reference signal resource set. The number of ports of each resource is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
第三信道探测参考信号资源集合关联第二流数;The third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams;
其中,第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第二信道探测参考信号资源集合是第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源集合,第二流数是第一模式关联的第二信道探测参考信号资源集合关联的流数。The first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
具体的,第四模式关联两个信道探测参考信号资源集合中的一个信道探测参考信号资源集合(即第一信道探测参考信号资源集合)与第一模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源集合(即第一信道探测参考信号资源集合)相同。且第四模式关联两个信道探测参考信号资源集合中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源集合(即第三信道探测参考信号资源集合)与第一模式关联的另一个信道探测参考信号资源集合(即第二信道探测参考信号资源集合)的端口数相同,通过第四模式和第一模式关联相同的信道探测参考信号资源集合,或者第四模式和第一模式关联信道探测参考信号资源集合的相同端口数,可以简化终端设备对天线面板的配置。Specifically, one of the two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the fourth mode (i.e., the first channel sounding reference signal resource set) is the same as one of the channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode (i.e., the first channel sounding reference signal resource set). And the number of ports of another channel sounding reference signal resource set (i.e., the third channel sounding reference signal resource set) of the two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the fourth mode is the same as the number of ports of another channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode (i.e., the second channel sounding reference signal resource set). By associating the same channel sounding reference signal resource set with the fourth mode and the first mode, or associating the same number of ports of the channel sounding reference signal resource set with the fourth mode and the first mode, the configuration of the antenna panel by the terminal device can be simplified.
例如,第四模式关联的两个SRS resource set是第一SRS resource set和第三SRS resource set。第三SRS resource set中每个resource的端口数与第一模式关联的第二SRS resource set中resource端口数相同。又如,第四模式关联的两个SRI分别关联第一SRS resource set和第三SRS resource set。可选的,所述第一SRI关联第一SRS resource set,所述第二SRI关联第三SRS resource set,或者所述第一SRI关联第三SRS resource set,所述第二SRI关联第一SRS resource set。For example, the two SRS resource sets associated with the fourth mode are the first SRS resource set and the third SRS resource set. The number of ports of each resource in the third SRS resource set is the same as the number of resource ports in the second SRS resource set associated with the first mode. For another example, the two SRIs associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with the first SRS resource set and the third SRS resource set. Optionally, the first SRI is associated with the first SRS resource set, and the second SRI is associated with the third SRS resource set, or the first SRI is associated with the third SRS resource set, and the second SRI is associated with the first SRS resource set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第四模式关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合,与第四模式关联第一TCI、或者第一QCL、或者第一TRP之间具有对应关系。例如,第一TCI为TCI0,第一QCL为QCL0。In a possible implementation, the fourth mode is associated with the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and there is a corresponding relationship between the fourth mode and the first TCI, or the first QCL, or the first TRP. For example, the first TCI is TCI0, and the first QCL is QCL0.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第四模式关联第二信道探测参考信号资源集合和第四信道探测参考信号资源集合,与第四模式关联第二TCI、或者第二QCL、或者第二TRP之间具有对应关系。例如,第二TCI为TCI1,第二QCL为QCL1。In a possible implementation, the fourth mode-associated second channel sounding reference signal resource set and the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set have a corresponding relationship with the fourth mode-associated second TCI, or second QCL, or second TRP. For example, the second TCI is TCI1, and the second QCL is QCL1.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第四模式关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合,与第四模式关联第二信道探测参考信号资源集合和第四信道探测参考信号资源集合,通过第一信息的不同值分别指示。In one possible implementation, the fourth mode is associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set and a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set are associated with the fourth mode, which are respectively indicated by different values of the first information.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第四模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示分别关联第二信道探测参考信号资源集合和第四信道探测参考信号资源集合。可选的,第四信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数与第一信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数相同;In a possible implementation, at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set and the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set. Optionally, the number of ports of each resource in the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the first channel sounding reference signal resource set;
第四信道探测参考信号资源集合关联第一流数;The fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with the first stream number;
其中,第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第二信道探测参考信号资源集合是第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源集合,第一流数是第一模式关联的第一信道探测参考信号资源集合关联的流数。The first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the first number of streams is the number of streams associated with the first channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图,主要包括:FIG3 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, which mainly includes:
S301,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。S301, a network device sends first information to a terminal device.
具体地,该第一信息指示一个模式或者两个模式,其中,该一个模式为第一模式、第二模式或第三模式或第四模式中的一个,该两个模式为第一模式、第二模式或第三模式或第四模式中的两个。Specifically, the first information indicates one mode or two modes, wherein the one mode is one of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode, and the two modes are two of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode.
例如,在一种实现方式中,通过接收网络设备发送的第一信息可以确定终端设备侧天线面板的传输模式为四个模式中的一个模式,或者,该第一信息还可以指示终端设备侧天线面板的传输模式为四个模式中的两个模式。For example, in one implementation, by receiving the first information sent by the network device, it can be determined that the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device side is one of four modes, or the first information can also indicate that the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device side is two of the four modes.
在一种实现方式中,第一信息可以为1比特,可选的,该1比特承载于无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信息、媒体接入控制控制元素(medium access control control element,MAC CE)或者下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中。具体地,可通过1比特的取值指示终端设备侧的天线面板选择四个模式中的一个模式或者两个模式。In one implementation, the first information may be 1 bit, and optionally, the 1 bit is carried in radio resource control (RRC) information, medium access control control element (MAC CE) or downlink control information (DCI). Specifically, the value of 1 bit may indicate that the antenna panel on the terminal device side selects one or two of the four modes.
例如,当该第一信息为DCI中的1比特,当该DCI中的1比特的第一值为1时,该第一信息指示两个模式,该两个模式为第一模式和第二模式。For example, when the first information is 1 bit in the DCI, and when the first value of the 1 bit in the DCI is 1, the first information indicates two modes, which are the first mode and the second mode.
又例如,当该第一信息为DCI中的1比特,当该DCI中的1比特的第一值为0时,该第一信息指示两个模式,该两个模式为第一模式和第二模式。 For another example, when the first information is 1 bit in the DCI, and when the first value of the 1 bit in the DCI is 0, the first information indicates two modes, which are the first mode and the second mode.
以上仅以第一值为1,第二值为0进行举例,可以理解,第一值可以为0,第二值可以为1。The above only takes the first value as 1 and the second value as 0 as an example. It can be understood that the first value can be 0 and the second value can be 1.
当第一信息为第一值时,第一信息指示四个模式中的任意一个或两个模式,第一信息为第二值时,第一信息指示四个模式中的与上述一个模式。第一信息为第三值时,第一信息指示四个模式中的与上述一个模式。或者,第一信息为第四值时,第一信息指示四个模式中的与上述一个模式。When the first information is a first value, the first information indicates any one or two of the four modes, and when the first information is a second value, the first information indicates one of the four modes and the above-mentioned one. When the first information is a third value, the first information indicates one of the four modes and the above-mentioned one. Alternatively, when the first information is a fourth value, the first information indicates one of the four modes and the above-mentioned one.
本申请实施例在此不做限定,也不再展开赘述。The embodiments of the present application are not limited here and will not be described in detail.
在一种实现方式中,第一信息可以为2比特,可选的,当第一信息为2比特,第一指示可以直接指示一种模式。该2比特可以承载于RRC信息、MAC CE或者DCI中。可选的,当第一信息为2比特,第一指示可以直接指示两种模式。该2比特可以承载于RRC信息、MAC CE或者DCI中。In one implementation, the first information may be 2 bits. Optionally, when the first information is 2 bits, the first indication may directly indicate one mode. The 2 bits may be carried in RRC information, MAC CE, or DCI. Optionally, when the first information is 2 bits, the first indication may directly indicate two modes. The 2 bits may be carried in RRC information, MAC CE, or DCI.
S302,终端设备根据第一信息指示的一个传输模式或者两个模式中的一个传输模式发送传输块。S302: The terminal device sends a transmission block according to a transmission mode indicated by the first information or one of the two modes.
可选的,当第一指示信息指示一个模式时,终端设备根据第一指示信息所指示的一个模式发送传输块。当第一指示信息指示两个模式时,终端设备根据第一信息指示的两个模式中的一个模式发送传输块。Optionally, when the first indication information indicates one mode, the terminal device sends the transport block according to the mode indicated by the first indication information. When the first indication information indicates two modes, the terminal device sends the transport block according to one mode of the two modes indicated by the first information.
可选地,当第一信息指示两个模式时,该方法还可以包括步骤S303:网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息,该第二信息用于指示两个模式中的一个模式。Optionally, when the first information indicates two modes, the method may further include step S303: the network device sends second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate one of the two modes.
例如,当第一信息指示终端设备上天线面板的传输模式为第一模式和第二模式时,终端设备可以通过第一模式或第二模式发送传输块。For example, when the first information indicates that the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device is the first mode and the second mode, the terminal device can send the transmission block through the first mode or the second mode.
在一种实现方式中,该第二信息可为RRC、MAC CE或者DCI中的至少1比特。例如,当第一信息指示终端设备上天线面板的传输模式为第一模式和第二模式,且当第二信息为DCI中配置的2比特时,可通过该DCI中配置的2比特的取值来进一步指示终端设备上的天线面板的传输模式为第一模式还是第二模式。In one implementation, the second information may be at least one bit in RRC, MAC CE or DCI. For example, when the first information indicates that the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device is the first mode and the second mode, and when the second information is 2 bits configured in the DCI, the value of the 2 bits configured in the DCI can be used to further indicate whether the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device is the first mode or the second mode.
具体地,终端设备根据网络设备发送的第二信息指示的终端设备上天线面板的传输模式为第一信息确定的两个模式中的一个模式。Specifically, the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device indicated by the second information sent by the network device is one of the two modes determined by the first information.
可选的,本申请实施例中,第一信息具体从多个模式中指示一个模式或两个模式,该多个模式包括第一模式、第二模式或第三模式或第四模式中的一个或多个模式。Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, the first information specifically indicates one mode or two modes from multiple modes, and the multiple modes include one or more modes of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode.
在一种实现方式中,第二信息可以是DCI中antenna port域指示的DMRS CDM group的数量。或者,第二信息可以是DCI中antenna port域指示的CDMgroup的数量。或者,CDM组的数量为2,第二信息的值为第五值,CDM组的数量为1,第二信息的值为第六值。或者,DCI中antenna port域指示的CDMgroup的数量为2,第二信息的值为第五值,DCI中antenna port域指示的CDM组的数量为1,第二信息的值为第六值。In one implementation, the second information may be the number of DMRS CDM groups indicated by the antenna port field in the DCI. Alternatively, the second information may be the number of CDM groups indicated by the antenna port field in the DCI. Alternatively, the number of CDM groups is 2, the value of the second information is the fifth value, the number of CDM groups is 1, and the value of the second information is the sixth value. Alternatively, the number of CDM groups indicated by the antenna port field in the DCI is 2, the value of the second information is the fifth value, the number of CDM groups indicated by the antenna port field in the DCI is 1, and the value of the second information is the sixth value.
例如,第二信息可以是承载于RRC信息、MAC CE或者DCI中的天线端口域。For example, the second information may be an antenna port field carried in RRC information, MAC CE or DCI.
图4是本申请实施例提供的另一例通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG4 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
S401,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。S401, the network device sends first information to the terminal device.
具体地,该第一信息用于从至少两个模式中确定目标模式,该至少两个模式包括第一模式,第二模式或第三模式或第四模式中的至少两个。Specifically, the first information is used to determine a target mode from at least two modes, where the at least two modes include at least two of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode.
S402,终端设备根据目标模式发送传输块。S402, the terminal device sends a transmission block according to the target mode.
下面将对图4的实施例提供四种可选实施方式:Four optional implementations are provided below for the embodiment of FIG. 4 :
例如,该至少两个模式可以为两个模式,该两个模式可以为:第一模式和第二模式。此时,第一信息用于从两个模式中指示一个模式,该模式即为目标模式。此时,第一信息可以为1比特,该1比特的不同取值指示了两种模式中的一种和另一种。该1比特可以承载于RRC、MAC CE或者DCI中。For example, the at least two modes may be two modes, and the two modes may be: a first mode and a second mode. In this case, the first information is used to indicate a mode from the two modes, and the mode is the target mode. In this case, the first information may be 1 bit, and different values of the 1 bit indicate one and the other of the two modes. The 1 bit may be carried in RRC, MAC CE or DCI.
情况1:第一信息直接指示四个模式中的一个模式;Case 1: The first information directly indicates one of the four modes;
情况2:第一信息指示四个模式中的两个模式。Case 2: The first information indicates two modes among four modes.
在该实施方式中,第一信息用于指示一个模式或两个模式,该一个模式为第一模式、第二模式或第三模式或第四模式,该两个模式为第一模式和第二模式。当第一信息具有不同的取值,第一信息可以指示一个模式或两个模式。当第一信息为1比特,该1比特有不同取值时,第一信息可以指示四个模式中的一个模式或两个模式。当第一信息为2比特,第一信息可以直接指示一个模式。有关于该实施方式中的第一信息与图3实施例中的第一信息相同,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the first information is used to indicate one mode or two modes, the one mode is the first mode, the second mode or the third mode or the fourth mode, and the two modes are the first mode and the second mode. When the first information has different values, the first information can indicate one mode or two modes. When the first information is 1 bit and the 1 bit has different values, the first information can indicate one mode or two modes in the four modes. When the first information is 2 bits, the first information can directly indicate a mode. The first information in this embodiment is the same as the first information in the embodiment of Figure 3, and will not be repeated here.
可选的,与图3中的实施例相同,当第一信息指示两个模式的时候,终端设备可以确定两个模式中 的一个模式为目标模式,或者当第一信息指示两个模式的时候,该方法还可以包括S403:终端设备接收第二信息,第二信息用于指示两个模式中一个模式,该一个模式为目标模式。关于第二信息的说明与图3中的实施例相同,此处不再赘述。Optionally, similar to the embodiment in FIG. 3 , when the first information indicates two modes, the terminal device may determine which of the two modes is When the first information indicates two modes, the method may further include S403: the terminal device receives second information, the second information is used to indicate one of the two modes, and the one mode is the target mode. The description of the second information is the same as the embodiment in Figure 3, and will not be repeated here.
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一例通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG5 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
S501,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一信息。S501, a network device sends first information to a terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first information sent by the network device.
第一信息用于终端设备从M个模式中确定N个模式,其中N是大于0的整数,M是大于或等于N的整数。The first information is used by the terminal device to determine N modes from M modes, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N.
其中M个模式包括第一模式、第二模式或第三模式或第四模式中的一个或多个模式。The M modes include one or more of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, or the fourth mode.
在一种可能的实施方式中,M的值为3,当M取值为3时,N的值可以为1或2,此时第一信息用于从三个传输模式中确定一个传输模式,可以理解,此时该实施例与图4实施例中的实施方式相同。In a possible implementation, the value of M is 3. When the value of M is 3, the value of N can be 1 or 2. At this time, the first information is used to determine a transmission mode from three transmission modes. It can be understood that this embodiment is the same as the implementation in Figure 4.
在另一种可选的实施方式中和,M的值为4,N的值可以为1或者N的值可以为2.In another optional embodiment, the value of M is 4, the value of N can be 1 or the value of N can be 2.
可以理解M和N还可以具有其他取值。例如M的值还可以为4,5,6或其他可能的正整数值,N可以为小于或等于M的任意正整数值。It is understood that M and N may also have other values. For example, the value of M may also be 4, 5, 6 or other possible positive integer values, and N may be any positive integer value less than or equal to M.
S502,终端设备根据N个传输模式中的一个传输模式发送传输块。S502: The terminal device sends a transmission block according to one of N transmission modes.
可选的,与图3中的实施例相同,当第一信息指示两个模式的时候,终端设备可以确定两个模式中的一个模式为目标模式,或者当第一信息指示两个模式的时候,该方法还可以包括终端设备接收第二信息,第二信息用于指示两个模式中一个模式,该一个模式为目标模式。关于第二信息的说明与图3中的实施例相同,此处不再赘述。Optionally, similar to the embodiment in FIG3, when the first information indicates two modes, the terminal device may determine that one of the two modes is the target mode, or when the first information indicates two modes, the method may further include the terminal device receiving second information, the second information being used to indicate one of the two modes, the one mode being the target mode. The description of the second information is the same as that of the embodiment in FIG3, and will not be repeated here.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一例通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
S601,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一信息。S601, a network device sends first information to a terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first information sent by the network device.
S602,终端设备根据第一信息确定一个模式或者N个模式,其中一个模式为M个模式中的一个模式,N个模式为该M个模式中的N个模式,其中,N是大于1的整数,M是大于或等于N的整数;S602, the terminal device determines one mode or N modes according to the first information, wherein the one mode is one mode of the M modes, and the N modes are N modes of the M modes, where N is an integer greater than 1, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N;
该M个模式至少包括第一模式、第二模式、第三模式和第四模式中的一个或多个模式。The M modes include at least one or more of a first mode, a second mode, a third mode and a fourth mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,M的值可以为2,此时,终端设备可以根据第一信息从两个模式中确定一个模式,或者可以理解为,第一信息用于从两个模式中指示一个模式。可以理解,此时该实施例与图4实施例中的实施方式1相同。In a possible implementation, the value of M may be 2, in which case the terminal device may determine one mode from the two modes according to the first information, or it may be understood that the first information is used to indicate one mode from the two modes. It may be understood that this embodiment is the same as implementation mode 1 in the embodiment of FIG. 4 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,M的值可以为3,此时,终端设备可以根据第一信息从三个模式中确定一个模式或N个模式,其中,N可以等于1或2。In a possible implementation, the value of M may be 3. In this case, the terminal device may determine one mode or N modes from three modes according to the first information, where N may be equal to 1 or 2.
在一种可能的实现方式中,M的值可以为4,此时,终端设备可以根据第一信息从三个模式中确定一个模式或N个模式,其中,N可以等于1或2。In a possible implementation, the value of M may be 4. In this case, the terminal device may determine one mode or N modes from three modes according to the first information, where N may be equal to 1 or 2.
可以理解M和N还可以具有其他取值。例如M的值还可以为4,5,6或其他可能的正整数值,N可以为小于或等于M的任意正整数值。It is understood that M and N may also have other values. For example, the value of M may also be 4, 5, 6 or other possible positive integer values, and N may be any positive integer value less than or equal to M.
S603,终端设备通过一个模式或N个模式中的一个模式发送传输块。S603, the terminal device sends a transmission block through one mode or one of N modes.
可选的,与图3中的实施例相同,当第一信息指示两个模式的时候,终端设备可以确定两个模式中的一个模式为目标模式,或者当第一信息指示两个模式的时候,该方法还可以包括终端设备接收第二信息,第二信息用于指示两个模式中一个模式,该一个模式为目标模式。关于第二信息的说明与图3中的实施例相同,此处不再赘述。Optionally, similar to the embodiment in FIG3, when the first information indicates two modes, the terminal device may determine that one of the two modes is the target mode, or when the first information indicates two modes, the method may further include the terminal device receiving second information, the second information being used to indicate one of the two modes, the one mode being the target mode. The description of the second information is the same as that of the embodiment in FIG3, and will not be repeated here.
下面将对图3-图6实施例中的技术方案进行详细的说明。The technical solutions in the embodiments of FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 will be described in detail below.
图7至图8、图10示出了当第一信息为RRC、MAC CE或者DCI中的2比特时,该第一信息对终端设备设备上的天线面板的传输模式进行指示的三种示例。图9示出了当第一信息为RRC、MAC CE或者DCI中的1比特时,该第一信息对终端设备设备上的天线面板的传输模式进行指示的一种示例。Figures 7 to 8 and 10 show three examples of the first information indicating the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device when the first information is 2 bits in RRC, MAC CE or DCI. Figure 9 shows an example of the first information indicating the transmission mode of the antenna panel on the terminal device when the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE or DCI.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一例通信方法的示意性框图。FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
在图7中,第一信息为RRC、MAC CE或者DCI中的2比特,且第一信息取第一值时,第一信息指示两个模式,该两个模式为第一模式和第二模式,当第一信息取第二值时,第一信息指示一个模式,该一个模式为第三模式。当第一信息取第三值时,第一信息指示一个模式,该一个模式为第三模式。当第一信息取第四值时,第一信息指示一个模式,该一个模式为第四模式。 In FIG7 , the first information is 2 bits in RRC, MAC CE or DCI, and when the first information takes the first value, the first information indicates two modes, the two modes are the first mode and the second mode, and when the first information takes the second value, the first information indicates one mode, the one mode is the third mode. When the first information takes the third value, the first information indicates one mode, the one mode is the third mode. When the first information takes the fourth value, the first information indicates one mode, the one mode is the fourth mode.
例如,M=4,根据第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:第一信息指示N个模式,其中,For example, M=4, determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates N modes, wherein,
第一信息的值为第一值时,N=2,第一信息指示第一模式和第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
第一信息的值为第二值时,N=1,第一信息指示第三模式,第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为第一模式或第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于第一模式或第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或,When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, and one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode is one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or,
第一信息的值为第三值时,N=1,第一信息指示第三模式,第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于第一模式或第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于第一模式或第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或者,When the value of the first information is the third value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or,
第一信息的值为第四值时,N=1,第一信息指示第四模式。When the value of the first information is the fourth value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
其中,第一信息的值为第二值或第三值时,第一信息都可以指示第三模式,但是第三模式下所使用的预编码信息和层数,或者信道探测参考信号资源指示不同。When the value of the first information is the second value or the third value, the first information may indicate the third mode, but the precoding information and number of layers used in the third mode, or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are different.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接收第二信息,第二信息用于指示N个模式中的一个模式,以及,根据第二信息指示的一个模式发送传输块。In a possible implementation manner, second information is received, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among N modes, and a transport block is sent according to the mode indicated by the second information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二信息的值为第五值时,第二信息指示第一模式;或者,In a possible implementation manner, when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
第二信息的值为第六值时,第二信息指示第二模式。When the value of the second information is the sixth value, the second information indicates the second mode.
例如,DCI中天线端口域指示的CDM组的数量为2,第二信息的值为第五值,CDM组的数量为1,第二信息的值为第六值。For example, the number of CDM groups indicated by the antenna port field in the DCI is 2, the value of the second information is the fifth value, the number of CDM groups is 1, and the value of the second information is the sixth value.
如图7所示,接下来以第一信息、第二信息具体为DCI为例,DCI新增2bit的指示信息,该指示信息可以指示同发模式与sTRP模式的动态切换,其中,同发模式指的是发送第一模式或第二模式,sTRP模式包括第三模式和第四模式。As shown in Figure 7, taking the first information and the second information specifically being DCI as an example, DCI adds 2 bits of indication information, which can indicate the dynamic switching between the co-transmission mode and the sTRP mode, where the co-transmission mode refers to sending the first mode or the second mode, and the sTRP mode includes the third mode and the fourth mode.
如图7所示,接下来以第一信息、第二信息具体为DCI中的比特为例。As shown in FIG. 7 , the first information and the second information are specifically bits in the DCI as an example.
例如,第一信息的取值为00,则指示终端设备采用第一模式、或者第二模式。再结合DCI中的天线端口(antenna port)域确定UE使用的具体模式。For example, if the value of the first information is 00, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the first mode or the second mode. The specific mode used by the UE is determined in combination with the antenna port field in the DCI.
如果DCI中antenna port域指示2个CDM group,则UE进行第一模式发送。If the antenna port field in the DCI indicates 2 CDM groups, the UE transmits in the first mode.
如果DCI中antenna port域指示1个CDM group,则UE进行第二模式发送。If the antenna port field in the DCI indicates 1 CDM group, the UE transmits in the second mode.
此时,第二个TPMI域与第一个TPMI域的流数相同,可据此降低开销。At this time, the number of flows in the second TPMI domain is the same as that in the first TPMI domain, thereby reducing the overhead.
此时,第二个SRI域与第一个SRI域的流数相同,可据此降低开销。In this case, the number of flows in the second SRI domain is the same as that in the first SRI domain, thereby reducing the overhead.
例如,第一信息的取值为01,则指示终端设备采用第三模式TPMI0。第三模式TPMI0是UE根据TPMI0、或者SRI0、或者TCI state 0、或者QCL0、或者SRS resource set 0发送数据。可选的,TPMI1、或者SRI1保留。For example, if the value of the first information is 01, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the third mode TPMI0. The third mode TPMI0 is that the UE sends data according to TPMI0, or SRI0, or TCI state 0, or QCL0, or SRS resource set 0. Optionally, TPMI1 or SRI1 is reserved.
例如,第一信息的取值为10,则指示终端设备采用第三模式TPMI1。第三模式TPMI1是UE根据TPMI1、或者SRI1、或者TCI state 1、或者QCL1、或者SRS resource set 1发送数据。可选的,TPMI0、或者SRI0保留。For example, if the value of the first information is 10, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the third mode TPMI1. The third mode TPMI1 is that the UE sends data according to TPMI1, or SRI1, or TCI state 1, or QCL1, or SRS resource set 1. Optionally, TPMI0 or SRI0 is reserved.
例如,第一信息的取值为11,则指示终端设备采用第四模式。For example, if the value of the first information is 11, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the fourth mode.
本申请实施例中,不限制上述指示信息的具体取值{00,01,10,11}与4种指示的关联关系。In the embodiment of the present application, the association relationship between the specific values {00, 01, 10, 11} of the above indication information and the four indications is not limited.
例如,M=3,根据第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:第一信息指示N个模式,其中,For example, M=3, determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates N modes, wherein,
第一信息的值为第一值时,N=2,第一信息指示第一模式和第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
第一信息的值为第二值时,N=1,第一信息指示第四模式,第四模式关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合;或者,When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, the first information indicates the fourth mode, and the fourth mode is associated with the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the third channel sounding reference signal resource set; or,
第一信息的值为第三值时,N=1,第一信息指示第四模式,第四模式关联第二信道探测参考信号资源集合和第四信道探测参考信号资源集合。When the value of the first information is the third value, N=1, the first information indicates the fourth mode, and the fourth mode is associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set and the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set.
可选的,第一信息的值为第四值时,N=1,第一信息为保留信息。Optionally, when the value of the first information is the fourth value, N=1, and the first information is reserved information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接收第二信息,第二信息用于指示N个模式中的一个模式,以及,根据第二信息指示的一个模式发送传输块。 In a possible implementation manner, second information is received, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among N modes, and a transport block is sent according to the mode indicated by the second information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二信息的值为第五值时,第二信息指示第一模式;或者,In a possible implementation manner, when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
第二信息的值为第六值时,第二信息指示第二模式。When the value of the second information is the sixth value, the second information indicates the second mode.
对于第二信息的说明,详见前述内容。For the description of the second information, please see the above content.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第四模式关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合,与第四模式关联第二信道探测参考信号资源集合和第四信道探测参考信号资源集合,通过第一信息的不同值分别指示。In one possible implementation, the fourth mode is associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set and a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set are associated with the fourth mode, which are respectively indicated by different values of the first information.
例如,M=3,根据第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:第一信息指示N个模式,其中,For example, M=3, determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates N modes, wherein,
第一信息的值为第一值时,N=1,第一信息指示第一模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=1, and the first information indicates the first mode; or,
第一信息的值为第二值时,N=1,第一信息指示第四模式,第四模式关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合;或,When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, the first information indicates the fourth mode, and the fourth mode is associated with the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the third channel sounding reference signal resource set; or,
第一信息的值为第三值时,N=1,第一信息指示第四模式,第四模式关联第二信道探测参考信号资源集合和第四信道探测参考信号资源集合。When the value of the first information is the third value, N=1, the first information indicates the fourth mode, and the fourth mode is associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set and the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set.
第一信息的值为第四值时,N=1,第一信息指示第二模式。When the value of the first information is the fourth value, N=1, and the first information indicates the second mode.
例如,第一信息包括的指示信息的取值为01,则指示终端设备采用第四模式,第四模式关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合。或者,第四模式关联第一TCI、第一QCL、第一TRP。例如,第一TCI为TCI0,第一QCL为QCL0。For example, if the value of the indication information included in the first information is 01, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the fourth mode, and the fourth mode is associated with the first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the third channel sounding reference signal resource set. Alternatively, the fourth mode is associated with the first TCI, the first QCL, and the first TRP. For example, the first TCI is TCI0, and the first QCL is QCL0.
例如,第一信息包括的指示信息的取值为10,则指示终端设备采用第四模式,第四模式关联第二信道探测参考信号资源集合和第四信道探测参考信号资源集合。或者,第四模式关联第二TCI、第二QCL、第二TRP。例如,第二TCI为TCI1,第二QCL为QCL1。For example, if the value of the indication information included in the first information is 10, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the fourth mode, and the fourth mode is associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set and the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource set. Alternatively, the fourth mode is associated with the second TCI, the second QCL, and the second TRP. For example, the second TCI is TCI1, and the second QCL is QCL1.
例如,指示信息的取值为11,则指示终端设备采用第二模式。For example, if the value of the indication information is 11, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the second mode.
本申请实施例中,不限制上述指示信息的具体取值{00,01,10,11}与4种指示的关联关系。In the embodiment of the present application, the association relationship between the specific values {00, 01, 10, 11} of the above indication information and the four indications is not limited.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一例通信方法的示意性框图。FIG8 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
在图8中,第一信息为2比特,且第一信息取第一值时,第一信息指示一个模式,当第一信息取第二值时,第一信息指示一个模式,该一个模式为第三模式。当第一信息取第三值时,第一信息指示一个模式,该一个模式为第三模式。当第一信息取第四值时,第一信息指示一个模式,该一个模式为第二模式。In FIG8 , the first information is 2 bits, and when the first information takes the first value, the first information indicates a mode, and when the first information takes the second value, the first information indicates a mode, and the mode is the third mode. When the first information takes the third value, the first information indicates a mode, and the mode is the third mode. When the first information takes the fourth value, the first information indicates a mode, and the mode is the second mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,M=3,N=1,根据第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:第一信息指示N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates N modes, wherein:
第一信息的值为第一值时,第一信息指示第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates a first mode;
第一信息的值为第二值时,第一信息指示第三模式,第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为第一模式或第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于第一模式或第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the third mode, and one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
第一信息的值为第三值时,第一信息指示第三模式,第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于第一模式或第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于第一模式或第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the third value, the first information indicates the third mode, and one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
第一信息的值为第四值时,第一信息指示第二模式。When the value of the first information is the fourth value, the first information indicates the second mode.
如图8所示,接下来以第一信息具体为DCI为例,DCI新增2bit的指示信息,该指示信息可以指示同发模式与sTRP模式的动态切换,其中,同发模式指的是发送第一模式或第二模式,sTRP模式包括第三模式和第四模式。As shown in Figure 8, taking the first information as DCI as an example, DCI adds 2 bits of indication information, which can indicate the dynamic switching of the co-transmission mode and the sTRP mode, where the co-transmission mode refers to sending the first mode or the second mode, and the sTRP mode includes the third mode and the fourth mode.
例如,指示信息的取值为00,则指示终端设备采用第一模式。For example, if the value of the indication information is 00, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the first mode.
例如,指示信息的取值为01,则指示终端设备采用第三模式TPMI0。For example, if the value of the indication information is 01, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the third mode TPMI0.
例如,指示信息的取值为10,则指示终端设备采用第三模式TPMI1。For example, if the value of the indication information is 10, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the third mode TPMI1.
例如,指示信息的取值为11,则指示终端设备采用第二模式。For example, if the value of the indication information is 11, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the second mode.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一例通信方法的示意性框图。 FIG9 is a schematic block diagram of an example communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
在图9中,第一信息为1比特,且第一信息取第一值时,第一信息指示一个模式或第二模式,当第一信息取第二值时,第一信息指示一个模式,该一个模式为第四模式。In FIG9 , the first information is 1 bit, and when the first information takes the first value, the first information indicates one mode or the second mode, and when the first information takes the second value, the first information indicates one mode, and the one mode is the fourth mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,M=3,根据第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:第一信息指示N个模式,其中,In a possible implementation, M=3, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates N modes, wherein:
第一信息的值为第一值时,N=2,第一信息指示第一模式和第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
第一信息的值为第二值时,N=1,第一信息指示第四模式。When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接收第二信息,第二信息用于指示N个模式中的一个模式,以及,根据第二信息指示的一个模式发送传输块。In a possible implementation manner, second information is received, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among N modes, and a transport block is sent according to the mode indicated by the second information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二信息的值为第五值时,第二信息指示第一模式;或者,In a possible implementation manner, when the value of the second information is the fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or,
第二信息的值为第六值时,第二信息指示第二模式。When the value of the second information is the sixth value, the second information indicates the second mode.
如图9所示,接下来以第一信息具体为DCI为例,DCI新增1bit的指示信息,该指示信息可以指示同发模式与第四模式的动态切换,其中,同发模式指的是发送第一模式或第二模式。As shown in Figure 9, taking the first information as DCI as an example, DCI adds 1 bit of indication information, which can indicate the dynamic switching between the simultaneous transmission mode and the fourth mode, where the simultaneous transmission mode refers to sending the first mode or the second mode.
例如,DCI增加1bit的指示信息,该指示信息结合DCI指示的天线端口数对应的CDM group的数量区分第一模式和第二模式。For example, the DCI adds 1 bit of indication information, which is combined with the number of CDM groups corresponding to the number of antenna ports indicated by the DCI to distinguish the first mode from the second mode.
例如,指示信息的取值为0,则指示终端设备采用第一模式、或者第二模式。For example, if the value of the indication information is 0, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the first mode or the second mode.
如果DCI中antenna port域指示2个CDM group,则UE进行第一模式发送。If the antenna port field in the DCI indicates 2 CDM groups, the UE transmits in the first mode.
如果DCI中antenna port域指示1个CDM group,则UE进行第二模式发送。If the antenna port field in the DCI indicates 1 CDM group, the UE transmits in the second mode.
此时,第二个TPMI域与第一个TPMI域的流数相同,可据此降低开销。At this time, the number of flows in the second TPMI domain is the same as that in the first TPMI domain, thereby reducing the overhead.
此时,第二个SRI域与第一个SRI域的流数相同,可据此降低开销。In this case, the number of flows in the second SRI domain is the same as that in the first SRI domain, thereby reducing the overhead.
例如,指示信息的取值为1,则指示终端设备采用第四模式。For example, if the value of the indication information is 1, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the fourth mode.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一例通信方法的示意性框图。FIG10 is a schematic block diagram of an example communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
在图10中,第一信息为2比特,且第一信息取第一值时,第一信息指示一个模式,当第一信息取第二值时,第一信息指示一个模式,该一个模式为第四模式。当第一信息取第三值时,第一信息指示一个模式,该一个模式为第二模式。In Figure 10, the first information is 2 bits, and when the first information takes the first value, the first information indicates a mode, when the first information takes the second value, the first information indicates a mode, and the mode is the fourth mode. When the first information takes the third value, the first information indicates a mode, and the mode is the second mode.
在一种可能的实现方式中,M=3,N=1,根据第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:In a possible implementation, M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes:
第一信息的值为第一值时,第一信息指示第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates a first mode;
第一信息的值为第二值时,第一信息指示第四模式;When the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the fourth mode;
第一信息的值为第三值时,第一信息指示第二模式。When the value of the first information is the third value, the first information indicates the second mode.
如图10,接下来以第一信息具体为DCI为例,DCI新增2it的指示信息,该指示信息可以指示同发模式与第四模式的动态切换,其中,同发模式指的是发送第一模式或第二模式。As shown in Figure 10, taking the first information as DCI as an example, DCI adds 2it indication information, which can indicate the dynamic switching between the simultaneous transmission mode and the fourth mode, where the simultaneous transmission mode refers to sending the first mode or the second mode.
例如,指示信息的取值为00,则指示终端设备采用第一模式。For example, if the value of the indication information is 00, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the first mode.
例如,指示信息的取值为01,则指示终端设备采用第四模式For example, if the value of the indication information is 01, it indicates that the terminal device adopts the fourth mode
例如,指示信息的取值为10,则指示终端设备采用第二模式For example, if the value of the indication information is 10, the terminal device is instructed to use the second mode.
例如,指示信息的取值为11,为保留信息。该指示信息的取值为11还可以指示其它信息,此处不做限定。For example, the value of the indication information is 11, which indicates reserved information. The value of the indication information 11 may also indicate other information, which is not limited here.
在本申请的一些实施例中,M=5,M个模式还包括:第五模式;In some embodiments of the present application, M=5, and the M modes further include: a fifth mode;
第五模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示在至少两个时刻分别发送同一个传输块;The fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
根据第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:第一信息指示N个模式,其中,Determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein,
第一信息的值为第一值时,N=2,第一信息指示第一模式或第二模式;第一信息的值为第二值时,第一信息指示第五模式;When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode or the second mode; when the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode;
或者,or,
第一信息的值为第一值时,N=1,第一信息指示第一模式;第一信息的值为第二值时,第一信息指示第五模式。When the value of the first information is the first value, N=1, and the first information indicates the first mode; when the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode.
其中,当第一信息为第一值时,第一信息指示五个模式中的任意一个或两个模式,第一信息为第二值时,第一信息指示五个模式中的与上述一个模式。 When the first information is a first value, the first information indicates any one or two of the five modes; when the first information is a second value, the first information indicates one of the five modes and the above-mentioned mode.
例如,第一信息的值为第一值时,N=2,第一信息指示第一模式或第二模式。另外,可以进一步根据第二信息指示第一模式或第二模式中的一个模式。For example, when the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode or the second mode. In addition, one of the first mode or the second mode may be further indicated according to the second information.
例如,第一信息占用1比特,第一信息的值为第一值时,N=1,第一信息指示第一模式;第一信息的值为第二值时,第一信息指示第五模式。通过第一信息的1个比特,可以指示终端设备关联的是第一模式或者第五模式。For example, the first information occupies 1 bit, and when the value of the first information is the first value, N=1, and the first information indicates the first mode; when the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode. Through 1 bit of the first information, it can be indicated that the terminal device is associated with the first mode or the fifth mode.
通过前述的举例说明可知,通过DCI中增加2bit实现第一模式、第二模式、第三模式、第四模式的的切换。具体的,第一模式和第二模式可以通过DCI中antenna port指示的DMRS的CDM group数量实现隐式的切换,不需要额外的比特指示。第一模式适用于eMBB,即大容量场景;第二模式适用于URLLC,即高可靠性场景。而DCI可以实现二者的快速切换,降低时延。同时,在UE采用第一模式、第二模式时由于遮挡或者其他原因导致同传两条链路中的某一条链路性能变差,可以通过DCI快速的切换到第三模式、第四模式传输。From the above examples, it can be seen that the switching among the first mode, the second mode, the third mode and the fourth mode is realized by adding 2 bits in the DCI. Specifically, the first mode and the second mode can be implicitly switched through the number of CDM groups of the DMRS indicated by the antenna port in the DCI, without the need for additional bit indication. The first mode is suitable for eMBB, that is, a large-capacity scenario; the second mode is suitable for URLLC, that is, a high-reliability scenario. DCI can realize fast switching between the two and reduce latency. At the same time, when the UE adopts the first mode or the second mode, if the performance of one of the two simultaneous transmission links deteriorates due to occlusion or other reasons, it can quickly switch to the third mode or the fourth mode of transmission through DCI.
在本申请的一些实施方式中,在UE采用第一模式或第二模式下,每个天线面板最多只能配置2个天线端口,TPMI域需要4比特指示。但是对于4Tx的终端设备,sTRP模式传输时,最多需要6比特指示终端设备的TPMI域。In some embodiments of the present application, when the UE adopts the first mode or the second mode, each antenna panel can be configured with at most 2 antenna ports, and the TPMI field requires 4 bits to indicate. However, for a 4Tx terminal device, when the sTRP mode is transmitted, at most 6 bits are required to indicate the TPMI field of the terminal device.
假设第一模式或第二模式的TPMI 0和TPMI 1的大小均是4bit。UE从第一模式或第二模式切换到sTRP模式,DCI中可以存在一个TPMI域,该域指示一个TPMI 2用于指示sTRP模式下UE使用的预编码矩阵和发送的数据流数。或者,DCI指示一个TPMI2用于指示sTRP下UE使用的预编码矩阵和发送的数据流数。TPMI 2域的大小等于TPMI 0+TPMI 1域的大小,即TPMI 2域为8个比特。Assume that the size of TPMI 0 and TPMI 1 in the first mode or the second mode is 4 bits. When the UE switches from the first mode or the second mode to the sTRP mode, there may be a TPMI field in the DCI, which indicates a TPMI 2 for indicating the precoding matrix used by the UE in the sTRP mode and the number of data streams sent. Alternatively, the DCI indicates a TPMI2 for indicating the precoding matrix used by the UE in the sTRP and the number of data streams sent. The size of the TPMI 2 field is equal to the size of the TPMI 0 + TPMI 1 field, that is, the TPMI 2 field is 8 bits.
或者,假设第一模式或第二模式的TPMI 0和TPMI 1的大小均是4bit。UE从第一模式或第二模式切换到sTRP模式,DCI中可以存在一个TPMI域,该域指示一个TPMI 2用于指示sTRP模式下UE使用的预编码矩阵和发送的数据流数。或者,DCI指示一个TPMI2用于指示sTRP下UE使用的预编码矩阵和发送的数据流数。TPMI 2域的大小小于或者等于TPMI 0+TPMI 1域的大小。如TPMI 2域的大小是6bit,相比于TPMI 0+TPMI 1域占用8个比特,DCI中可以预留2bit。Alternatively, assume that the size of TPMI 0 and TPMI 1 in the first mode or the second mode is 4 bits. When the UE switches from the first mode or the second mode to the sTRP mode, there may be a TPMI field in the DCI, which indicates a TPMI 2 for indicating the precoding matrix used by the UE in the sTRP mode and the number of data streams sent. Alternatively, the DCI indicates a TPMI2 for indicating the precoding matrix used by the UE in the sTRP and the number of data streams sent. The size of the TPMI 2 field is less than or equal to the size of the TPMI 0 + TPMI 1 field. If the size of the TPMI 2 field is 6 bits, compared to the TPMI 0 + TPMI 1 field occupying 8 bits, 2 bits can be reserved in the DCI.
在本申请的一些实施方式中,UE从第一模式或第二模式切换到sTRP模式,SRI的指示有两种情况。1)、DCI仍然指示2个SRI。例如基于codebook的PUSCH传输;2)、DCI只指示1个SRI,该SRI的指示和上述中TPMI指示类似,例如基于non-codebook的PUSCH传输。In some embodiments of the present application, when the UE switches from the first mode or the second mode to the sTRP mode, there are two situations for the indication of SRI. 1) DCI still indicates 2 SRIs. For example, PUSCH transmission based on codebook; 2) DCI only indicates 1 SRI, and the indication of this SRI is similar to the TPMI indication mentioned above, for example, PUSCH transmission based on non-codebook.
将DCI中的两个TPMI域、或者SRI域联合指示sTRP模式下,终端设备的TPMI、或者SRI,即将两个TPMI字段的所有bit用于指示一个TPMI。The two TPMI fields or SRI fields in the DCI are jointly used to indicate the TPMI or SRI of the terminal device in the sTRP mode, that is, all bits of the two TPMI fields are used to indicate one TPMI.
通过上述方式,使能终端设备切换到sTRP模式传输时,可以发送最多4流数据,增加终端设备的数据速率。其次,在通信协议Rel-15、或者16支持终端设备发送最多4流数据,若UE切换到Rel-15、或者16的通信模式时,还可以采用相同的流数,而不需要再改变流数。Through the above method, when the terminal device switches to the sTRP mode transmission, it can send up to 4 streams of data, increasing the data rate of the terminal device. Secondly, when the communication protocol Rel-15 or 16 supports the terminal device to send up to 4 streams of data, if the UE switches to the communication mode of Rel-15 or 16, it can also use the same number of streams without changing the number of streams.
可选的,终端设备根据DCI中指示的一个QCL关系、或者TCI state发送数据。UE使用第一模式或第二模式,DCI可能只是2个QCL关系、或者TCI state。当DCI动态切换到sTRP传输时,DCI中只指示一个QCL关系、或者TCI state。Optionally, the terminal device sends data according to a QCL relationship or TCI state indicated in the DCI. When the UE uses the first mode or the second mode, the DCI may only have two QCL relationships or TCI states. When the DCI dynamically switches to sTRP transmission, only one QCL relationship or TCI state is indicated in the DCI.
可选的,终端设备按照默认的QCL关系、或者TCI state发送数据。这里默认的QCL关系、或者TCI state可以遵循PDCCH、或者控制资源集(CORESET)的QCL关系、或者TCI state。或者,默认的QCL关系、或者TCI state可以是调度UE发送数据的PDCCH、或者CORESET的QCL关系、或者TCI state。或者,默认的QCL关系、或者TCI state是两个QCL关系、或者TCI state中的一个。Optionally, the terminal device sends data according to a default QCL relationship or TCI state. Here, the default QCL relationship or TCI state may follow the QCL relationship or TCI state of the PDCCH, or the control resource set (CORESET). Alternatively, the default QCL relationship or TCI state may be the PDCCH that schedules the UE to send data, or the QCL relationship or TCI state of the CORESET. Alternatively, the default QCL relationship or TCI state is one of the two QCL relationships or TCI states.
在本申请的一些实施方式中,预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一模式或第二模式或第三模式、预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的至少一个天线端口为不相关时,N个模式不包括所述第四模式。In some embodiments of the present application, when the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are associated with the first mode, the second mode or the third mode, and at least one antenna port associated with the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication is unrelated, the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
或者,预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一模式或第二模式或第三模式、预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的每一个天线端口为不相关时,N个模式不包括第四模式。Alternatively, when the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are associated with the first mode, the second mode or the third mode, and each antenna port associated with the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication is unrelated, the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
或者,终端设备当前关联第一模式或第二模式或第三模式、终端设备的至少一个天线面板的天线端口为不相关时,终端设备不能切换至第四模式。 Alternatively, when the terminal device is currently associated with the first mode, the second mode, or the third mode and the antenna ports of at least one antenna panel of the terminal device are irrelevant, the terminal device cannot switch to the fourth mode.
其中,不相关和非相关为相同含义的表述。Among them, irrelevant and non-relevant are expressions with the same meaning.
如果终端设备每个天线面板内的天线端口是非相关(noncoherent)的,则不允许第一模式、或者第二模式动态切换到第四模式传输。或者,当终端设备有至少一个天线面板内的天线端口是非相关的,则不允许第一模式、或者第二模式动态切换到第四模式传输。或者,只有当UE每个面板内天线均相关(coherent)时,才允许切换到sTRP 4Tx传输。If the antenna ports in each antenna panel of the terminal device are noncoherent, the first mode or the second mode is not allowed to dynamically switch to the fourth mode transmission. Alternatively, when the antenna ports in at least one antenna panel of the terminal device are noncoherent, the first mode or the second mode is not allowed to dynamically switch to the fourth mode transmission. Alternatively, switching to sTRP 4Tx transmission is allowed only when the antennas in each panel of the UE are coherent.
通过上述举例可知,由于天线面板内是非相关的,所以UE关联4Tx的情况下,4个Tx之间应当也是非相关的。这种情况下,4Tx的码本已经由2Tx的sTRP模式的TPMI和同发模式下的TPMI指示过,因此无需重复指示。From the above example, it can be seen that since the antenna panel is non-correlated, when the UE is associated with 4Tx, the 4Tx should also be non-correlated. In this case, the codebook of 4Tx has been indicated by the TPMI of sTRP mode of 2Tx and the TPMI of co-transmission mode, so there is no need to repeat the indication.
SDT(small data transmission,小包传输)传输为终端设备在非连接态(如,inactive mode非激活态,idle mode空闲态)的传输,目的是终端设备可以不需要从非连接态转入连接态就可以传输信息。从而简化了信息传输的流程,缩短了传输时延,降低了终端设备的功耗。现有标准中,终端设备可通过能力信令向网络设备上报,该终端设备支持重复传输,以提升传输的性能。但重复传输增加了终端设备传输时间,需要终端设备消耗更多的功耗。因而,终端设备在SDT过程中仍然支持重复传输和其支持SDT便于节能的初衷相悖。而现有指示终端设备支持重复传输的能力信令没有指明适用的终端设备的状态(如,状态为连接态、非连接态、非激活态、空闲态等)。因而,如果终端设备上报支持该能力,按照现有协议,终端设备在进入非连接态后网络设备仍然可能为终端设备配置重复传输,由此导致终端设备的传输时延和功耗的增加。SDT (small data transmission) transmission is the transmission of terminal devices in a non-connected state (such as inactive mode, idle mode), with the purpose of allowing terminal devices to transmit information without switching from a non-connected state to a connected state. This simplifies the information transmission process, shortens the transmission delay, and reduces the power consumption of terminal devices. In existing standards, terminal devices can report to network devices through capability signaling that the terminal device supports repeated transmission to improve transmission performance. However, repeated transmission increases the transmission time of the terminal device and requires the terminal device to consume more power. Therefore, the fact that the terminal device still supports repeated transmission during the SDT process is contrary to its original intention of supporting SDT to facilitate energy saving. However, the existing capability signaling indicating that the terminal device supports repeated transmission does not specify the state of the applicable terminal device (such as the state is connected, non-connected, inactive, idle, etc.). Therefore, if the terminal device reports that it supports this capability, according to the existing protocol, the network device may still configure repeated transmission for the terminal device after the terminal device enters the non-connected state, thereby increasing the transmission delay and power consumption of the terminal device.
可选的,第一终端设备发送第一指示信息。网络设备接收第一指示信息。从而,使终端设备能够根据自己的需求上报能力,使网络设备能够根据终端设备的能力更好的为其配置合适的资源。Optionally, the first terminal device sends the first indication information, and the network device receives the first indication information, so that the terminal device can report its capability according to its own needs, and the network device can better configure appropriate resources for the terminal device according to its capability.
示例性的,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备是否支持SDT过程中的重复传输。例如,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备支持SDT过程中的重复传输。例如,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备不支持SDT过程中的重复传输。例如,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备支持SDT过程中的重复次数为N的传输。N为正整数。如,N为大于1的整数。Exemplarily, the first indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal device supports repeated transmission during the SDT process. For example, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device supports repeated transmission during the SDT process. For example, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device does not support repeated transmission during the SDT process. For example, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device supports transmission with a number of repetitions of N during the SDT process. N is a positive integer. For example, N is an integer greater than 1.
示例性的,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备是否在非连接态支持重复传输。例如,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备在非连接态支持重复传输。例如,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端在非连接态不支持重复传输。Exemplarily, the first indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal device supports repeated transmission in a non-connected state. For example, the first indication information may be used to indicate whether the terminal device supports repeated transmission in a non-connected state. For example, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device does not support repeated transmission in a non-connected state.
例如,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备SDT过程中的重复传输是否支持冗余版本可配置。例如,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备SDT过程中的重复传输支持冗余版本可配置。如,冗余版本可由基站通过信令配置。如,不同重复传输对应的冗余版本可不同。例如,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备SDT过程中的重复传输不支持冗余版本可配置。例如,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备SDT过程中的重复传输支持冗余版本的取值为预设值。如,预设值为0。如,各次重复传输的冗余版本取值均为0。For example, the first indication information can be used to indicate whether the repeated transmission in the SDT process of the terminal device supports configurable redundant versions. For example, the first indication information can be used to indicate that the repeated transmission in the SDT process of the terminal device supports configurable redundant versions. For example, the redundant version can be configured by the base station through signaling. For example, the redundant versions corresponding to different repeated transmissions may be different. For example, the first indication information can be used to indicate that the repeated transmission in the SDT process of the terminal device does not support configurable redundant versions. For example, the first indication information can be used to indicate that the repeated transmission in the SDT process of the terminal device supports a preset value for the redundant version. For example, the preset value is 0. For example, the redundant version value of each repeated transmission is 0.
例如,重复传输可以为以下中的至少一种:{For example, the repeated transmission may be at least one of the following:
时隙级的重复传输;Repeated transmission at the time slot level;
符号级的重复传输;Symbol-level repetitive transmission;
PUSCH repetition Type A传输;PUSCH repetition Type A transmission;
PUSCH repetition Type B传输;PUSCH repetition Type B transmission;
CG(免授权调度)场景下的重复传输;Repeated transmission in CG (grant-free scheduling) scenario;
type1 CG上行重复传输;Type1 CG uplink repeated transmission;
type2 CG上行重复传输;Type2 CG uplink repeated transmission;
DG(动态调度)场景下的重复传输;Repeated transmission in DG (dynamic scheduling) scenario;
非授权频谱下的重复传输;Repeated transmissions in unlicensed spectrum;
授权频谱下的重复传输;Repeated transmissions in licensed spectrum;
多TRP(Transmit/Receive Point)场景下的重复传输;Repeated transmission in multiple TRP (Transmit/Receive Point) scenarios;
非TRP(Transmit/Receive Point)场景下的重复传输;Repeated transmission in non-TRP (Transmit/Receive Point) scenarios;
} }
其中,时隙级的重复传输为每个时隙只有一次传输。符号级的重复传输为每个时隙可以有多次传输。Among them, the time slot level repetitive transmission means that each time slot has only one transmission, while the symbol level repetitive transmission can have multiple transmissions for each time slot.
其中,PUSCH为物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel),或为传输上行数据的信道。PUSCH repetition Type A为时隙级的重复传输。PUSCH repetition Type B为符号级的重复传输。Among them, PUSCH is a physical uplink shared channel, or a channel for transmitting uplink data. PUSCH repetition Type A is a slot-level repetition transmission. PUSCH repetition Type B is a symbol-level repetition transmission.
例如,终端设备上报第一指示信息,终端设备可以支持基站配置第一信息的传输次数为大于1的整数。例如,终端设备上报第一指示信息,终端设备可以支持基站配置第一信息的传输次数为1。例如,终端设备不上报第一指示信息,终端设备可以支持基站配置第一信息的传输次数为1。如,第一信息为传输块(TB,transport block),或为数据包。For example, the terminal device reports the first indication information, and the terminal device can support the base station to configure the number of transmissions of the first information to be an integer greater than 1. For example, the terminal device reports the first indication information, and the terminal device can support the base station to configure the number of transmissions of the first information to be 1. For example, the terminal device does not report the first indication information, and the terminal device can support the base station to configure the number of transmissions of the first information to be 1. For example, the first information is a transport block (TB) or a data packet.
在本申请中,以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的终端设备为例,图11示出了一种终端设备1100的结构示意图,该终端设备1100可以包括收发模块1110和处理模块1120。In the present application, taking the communication device as the terminal device in the above method embodiment as an example, FIG11 shows a structural schematic diagram of a terminal device 1100 , which may include a transceiver module 1110 and a processing module 1120 .
在一些实施例中,该终端设备1100还可以包括存储模块(图11中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the terminal device 1100 may also include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 11 ) for storing program instructions and data.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1110,也可以称为收发单元用以实现发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块1110可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1110, which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions. The transceiver module 1110 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1110,可以包括接收模块和发送模块,分别用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的接收和发送类的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;处理模块1120,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的处理的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1110 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to execute the receiving and sending steps performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein; the processing module 1120 may be used to execute the processing steps performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理器用于执行前述图3至图10中任一项终端设备执行的通信方法。In a possible implementation, the processor is used to execute the communication method executed by any terminal device in any of Figures 3 to 10 above.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant contents of each step involved in the above method embodiment can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
在本申请中,该终端设备1100以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In the present application, the terminal device 1100 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. The "module" here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
在一些实施例中,当图11中的终端设备1100是芯片或芯片系统时,收发模块1110和处理模块1120的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现。In some embodiments, when the terminal device 1100 in Figure 11 is a chip or a chip system, the functions/implementation processes of the transceiver module 1110 and the processing module 1120 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system.
由于本实施例提供的终端设备1100可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the terminal device 1100 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
在本申请中,以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的网络设备为例,图12是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图,如图12所示,该通信装置1200可包括发送模块1210和接收模块1220。In the present application, taking the communication device as the network device in the above method embodiment as an example, Figure 12 is a schematic block diagram of the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, the communication device 1200 may include a sending module 1210 and a receiving module 1220.
在一些实施例中,该网络设备1200还可以包括存储模块(图12中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the network device 1200 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 12 ) for storing program instructions and data.
在一些实施例中,发送模块1210和接收模块1220,分别用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备执行的接收和发送类的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some embodiments, the sending module 1210 and the receiving module 1220 are respectively used to execute the receiving and sending steps performed by the network device in the above method embodiments, and/or to support other processes of the technology described herein.
在一种实现方式中,处理器用于执行前述图3至图10中任一项网络设备执行的通信方法。In one implementation, the processor is used to execute the communication method executed by any network device in Figures 3 to 10 above.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant contents of each step involved in the above method embodiment can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
在本申请中,该网络设备1200以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定专用集成电路,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In the present application, the network device 1200 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. The "module" here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit, a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
在一些实施例中,当图12中的网络设备1200是芯片或芯片系统时,处理模块1010的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现,发送模块1020的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现。In some embodiments, when the network device 1200 in Figure 12 is a chip or a chip system, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1010 can be implemented by the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or the chip system, and the function/implementation process of the sending module 1020 can be implemented by the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system.
由于本实施例提供的网络设备1200可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the network device 1200 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述任一方法实施例中的方法。 In some embodiments, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which includes a processor for implementing a method in any of the above method embodiments.
作为一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括存储器。该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据,处理器可以调用存储器中存储的程序代码以指令该通信装置执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。当然,存储器也可以不在该通信装置中。As a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a memory. The memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data, and the processor can call the program code stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments. Of course, the memory may not be in the communication device.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括接口电路,该接口电路为代码/数据读写接口电路,该接口电路用于接收计算机执行指令(计算机执行指令存储在存储器中,可能直接从存储器读取,或可能经过其他器件)并传输至该处理器。As another possible implementation, the communication device also includes an interface circuit, which is a code/data read/write interface circuit, which is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in a memory, may be read directly from the memory, or may pass through other devices) and transmit them to the processor.
作为又一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括通信接口,该通信接口用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信。As another possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the communication interface is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device.
可以理解的是,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统,该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that the communication device can be a chip or a chip system. When the communication device is a chip system, it can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices. The embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
在一些实施例中,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括接口电路和逻辑电路,该接口电路用于输入和/或输出信息;该逻辑电路,用于执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法,根据输入的进行处理和/或生成输出的信息。In some embodiments, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which includes an interface circuit and a logic circuit. The interface circuit is used to input and/or output information; the logic circuit is used to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments, and processes and/or generates output information based on the input.
作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的终端设备和网络设备,可以使用下述来实现:一个或多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)、控制器、状态机、门逻辑、分立硬件部件、任何其它适合的电路、或者能够执行本申请通篇所描述的各种功能的电路的任意组合。As a possible product form, the terminal device and network device described in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), programmable logic devices (PLD), controllers, state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits that can perform the various functions described throughout the present application.
作为另一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的网络设备和终端设备,可以由一般性的总线体系结构来实现。如图13所示,是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1300的结构示意图,该通信装置1300包括处理器1301和收发器1302。该通信装置1300可以为网络设备或终端设备,或者为其中的芯片。图13仅示出了通信装置1300的主要部件。除处理器1301和收发器1302之外,所述通信装置还可以进一步包括存储器1303、以及输入输出装置(图13未示出)。As another possible product form, the network device and terminal device described in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by a general bus architecture. As shown in Figure 13, it is a structural diagram of a communication device 1300 provided in an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1300 includes a processor 1301 and a transceiver 1302. The communication device 1300 can be a network device or a terminal device, or a chip therein. Figure 13 only shows the main components of the communication device 1300. In addition to the processor 1301 and the transceiver 1302, the communication device may further include a memory 1303, and an input and output device (not shown in Figure 13).
其中,处理器1301主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个通信装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。存储器1303主要用于存储软件程序和数据。收发器1302可以包括射频电路和天线,射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。Among them, the processor 1301 is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire communication device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory 1303 is mainly used to store the software program and data. The transceiver 1302 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals. The antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. The input and output devices, such as a touch screen, a display screen, a keyboard, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by the user and output data to the user.
其中,处理器1301、收发器1302、以及存储器1303可以通过通信总线连接。The processor 1301 , the transceiver 1302 , and the memory 1303 may be connected via a communication bus.
当通信装置开机后,处理器1301可以读取存储器1303中的软件程序,可解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器1301对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路对基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信装置时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器1301,该处理器1301将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the communication device is turned on, the processor 1301 can read the software program in the memory 1303, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor 1301 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal outward in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the communication device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1301, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
在另一种实现中,所述的射频电路和天线可以独立于进行基带处理的处理器而设置,例如在分布式场景中,射频电路和天线可以与独立于通信装置,呈拉远式的布置。In another implementation, the RF circuit and antenna may be arranged independently of the processor performing baseband processing. For example, in a distributed scenario, the RF circuit and antenna may be arranged independently of the communication device in a remote manner.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读存储介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "product" used in this application covers computer programs that can be accessed from any computer-readable device, carrier or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disks, floppy disks or tapes, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (e.g., erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, the various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable storage medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,其包括前述的终端设备和网络设备。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。 The present application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions, which implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments when the computer program product is run on a computer.
本申请还提供一种芯片,包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行本申请提供的信息指示的方法中由终端设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地,该芯片还包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接,处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地,该芯片还包括通信接口,处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收处理的数据和/或信息,处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息,并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。The present application also provides a chip, including a processor. The processor is used to read and run a computer program stored in a memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by a terminal device in the method indicated by the information provided in the present application. Optionally, the chip also includes a memory, which is connected to the processor through a circuit or wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory. Further optionally, the chip also includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information. The communication interface can be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip. The processor can also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
本申请还提供一种芯片,包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行本申请提供的信息指示的方法中由网络设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地,该芯片还包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接,处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地,该芯片还包括通信接口,处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收处理的数据和/或信息,处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息,并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。The present application also provides a chip, including a processor. The processor is used to read and run a computer program stored in a memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by a network device in the method indicated by the information provided in the present application. Optionally, the chip also includes a memory, which is connected to the processor through a circuit or wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory. Further optionally, the chip also includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information. The communication interface can be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip. The processor can also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
上述的芯片也可以替换为芯片系统,这里不再赘述。The above-mentioned chip can also be replaced by a chip system, which will not be described here.
本申请中的术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof in this application are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product or apparatus comprising a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to those steps or units explicitly listed, but may include other steps or units not explicitly listed or inherent to these processes, methods, products or apparatuses.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can refer to the corresponding processes in the aforementioned method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例中方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual conditions to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be essentially or partly embodied in the form of a software product that contributes to the prior art. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions for a computer device (which can be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk, and other media that can store program codes.
另外,本申请中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;本申请中术语“至少一个”,可以表示“一个”和“两个或两个以上”,例如,A、B和C中至少一个,可以表示:单独存在A,单独存在B,单独存在C、同时存在A和B,同时存在A和C,同时存在C和B,同时存在A和B和C,这七种情况。 In addition, the term "and/or" in this application is only a description of the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships. For example, A and/or B can represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or"relationship; the term "at least one" in this application can mean "one" and "two or more". For example, at least one of A, B and C can represent seven situations: A exists alone, B exists alone, C exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, A and C exist at the same time, C and B exist at the same time, and A, B and C exist at the same time.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific implementation of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art who is familiar with the present technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application, which should be included in the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (96)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接收第一信息;receiving a first message;
    根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,N是大于0的整数,M是大于或等于N的整数;所述M个模式包括第一模式、第二模式、第三模式和第四模式中的一个或多个模式;n大于或等于1,Determine N modes from M modes according to the first information, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N; the M modes include one or more modes of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, and the fourth mode; n is greater than or equal to 1,
    所述第一模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的不同部分;The first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with different parts of the one transport block;
    所述第二模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的相同部分;The second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of the one transport block;
    所述第三模式为根据一个预编码信息和层数,或一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a layer number, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
    所述第四模式为根据至少一个预编码信息和层数,或至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
    根据所述N个模式中的一个模式发送传输块。The transport block is sent according to one of the N patterns.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M=4,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The method according to claim 1, characterized in that M=4, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或,When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, a precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and numbers of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or,
    所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或者,When the value of the first information is the third value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or
    所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the fourth value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M=3,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that M=3, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein,
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述N个模式中的一个模式,以及,receiving second information, the second information being used to indicate one mode among the N modes, and
    所述根据所述N个模式中的一个模式发送传输块,包括:The sending of the transport block according to one of the N modes comprises:
    根据所述第二信息指示的所述一个模式发送传输块。The transport block is sent according to the one mode indicated by the second information.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息的值为第五值时,所述第二信息指示所述第一模式;或者,The method according to claim 4, characterized in that when the value of the second information is a fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or
    所述第二信息的值为第六值时,所述第二信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the second information is a sixth value, the second information indicates the second mode.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The method according to claim 1, characterized in that M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein,
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和 层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the third mode, and one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode are one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode. The number of layers, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to a channel sounding reference signal resource indication of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the third value, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a fourth value, the first information indicates the second mode.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式;When the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fourth mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a third value, the first information indicates the second mode.
  8. 根据权利要求1至2、4至7中任一项中所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息为无线资源控制RRC、媒体接入控制的控制元素MAC CE、或者下行控制信息DCI中的至少2比特。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 2 and 4 to 7 is characterized in that the first information is at least 2 bits in the radio resource control RRC, the media access control control element MAC CE, or the downlink control information DCI.
  9. 根据权利要求1或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息为RRC、MAC CE、或者DCI中的1比特。The method according to claim 1 or 3 is characterized in that the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M=5,所述M个模式还包括:第五模式;The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that said M=5, and said M modes further include: a fifth mode;
    所述第五模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示在至少两个时刻分别发送同一个传输块;The fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
    所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式或所述第二模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode or the second mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode;
    或者,or,
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式。When the value of the first information is a first value, N=1, and the first information indicates the first mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that
    所述第一模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,The at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
    所述第一模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
  12. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that
    所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数;所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第三流数,或者所述第二预编码信息和层数关联所述第三流数;或者,The at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the second mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number; the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number, or the second precoding information and layer number are associated with the third stream number; or,
    所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第三流数,或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第三流数。 The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with the third number of streams.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三流数等于第一流数或者第二流数,或者,所述第三流数是所述第一流数和所述第二流数中的最小值;The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is the minimum value of the first stream number and the second stream number;
    其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  14. 根据权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, characterized in that
    所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数,或者第二预编码信息和层数;其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,或者,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,The precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
    所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,或者,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数;A channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
    其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  15. 根据权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, characterized in that
    所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第三预编码信息和层数,所述第三预编码信息和层数关联第四流数;或者,The at least one precoding information and layer number associated with the fourth mode includes: third precoding information and layer number, wherein the third precoding information and layer number are associated with a fourth stream number; or
    所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第四流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小小于或等于第一预编码信息和层数的大小和第二预编码信息和层数的大小之和,和/或,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小大于所述第一预编码信息和层数的大小或者所述第二预编码信息和层数的大小;The method according to claim 15, characterized in that the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
    其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数。The first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two pieces of precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小小于或等于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小之和,和/或,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小大于所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小;The method according to claim 15 is characterized in that the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
    其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  18. 根据权利要求15至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四流数小于或等于第一流数和第二流数,和/或,所述第四流数大于所述第一流数或者所述第二流数;The method according to any one of claims 15 to 17, characterized in that the fourth flow number is less than or equal to the first flow number and the second flow number, and/or the fourth flow number is greater than the first flow number or the second flow number;
    其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  19. 根据权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第四预编码信息和层数和第五预编码信息和层数,所述第四预编码信息和层数关联第五流数,所述第五预编码信息和层数关联第六流数;或者,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, characterized in that the at least one precoding information and layer number associated with the fourth mode includes: fourth precoding information and layer number and fifth precoding information and layer number, the fourth precoding information and layer number are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and layer number are associated with a sixth stream number; or,
    所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第四信道探测参考信号资源指示和第五信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第五流数,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第六流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四预编码信息和层数与第一预编码信息和层数相同,所述第五预编码信息和层数与第二预编码信息和层数相同,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数; The method according to claim 19, characterized in that the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers, the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers, and the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode;
    或者,or,
    所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示与第一信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示与第二信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所示的方法,其特征在于,所述第五流数等于第一流数,所述第六流数等于第二流数,其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The method according to claim 19 or 20 is characterized in that the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number, and the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  22. 根据权利要求1至13、19至21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示分别关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数与第二信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数相同;The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13 and 19 to 21, characterized in that the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the number of ports of each resource in the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
    所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合关联第二流数;The third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams;
    其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源集合是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的第二信道探测参考信号资源集合关联的流数。The first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
  23. 根据权利要求1至22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 22, characterized in that determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises:
    预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第一模式或所述第二模式或所述第三模式、预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的至少一个天线端口为不相关时,所述N个模式不包括所述第四模式。When the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are associated with the first mode or the second mode or the third mode, and at least one antenna port associated with the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication is unrelated, the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
  24. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于从M个模式中确定N个模式,N是大于0的整数,M是大于或等于N的整数;所述M个模式包括第一模式、第二模式、第三模式和第四模式中的一个或多个模式;Sending first information, where the first information is used to determine N modes from M modes, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N; the M modes include one or more modes of a first mode, a second mode, a third mode, and a fourth mode;
    所述第一模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的不同部分;The first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with different parts of the one transport block;
    所述第二模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的相同部分;The second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of the one transport block;
    所述第三模式为根据一个预编码信息和层数,或一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a layer number, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
    所述第四模式为根据至少一个预编码信息和层数,或至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
    根据所述N个模式中的一个模式接收传输块。A transport block is received according to one of the N patterns.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M=4,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The method according to claim 24, characterized in that M=4, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein,
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或,When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, a precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and numbers of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or,
    所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或者, When the value of the first information is the third value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or
    所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the fourth value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M=3,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The method according to claim 24 or 25, characterized in that M=3, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
  27. 根据权利要求24至26中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 24 to 26, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述N个模式中的一个模式,以及,sending second information, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among the N modes, and
    所述根据所述N个模式接收传输块包括:The receiving a transport block according to the N modes comprises:
    根据所述第二信息指示的所述一个模式接收传输块。The transport block is received according to the one mode indicated by the second information.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息的值为第五值时,所述第二信息指示所述第一模式;或者,The method according to claim 27, characterized in that when the value of the second information is a fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or
    所述第二信息的值为第六值时,所述第二信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the second information is a sixth value, the second information indicates the second mode.
  29. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The method according to claim 24, characterized in that M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein,
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the third mode, and one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the third value, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a fourth value, the first information indicates the second mode.
  30. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式;When the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fourth mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a third value, the first information indicates the second mode.
  31. 根据权利要求24至25、27至30中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息为无线资源控制RRC、媒体接入控制的控制元素MAC CE、或者下行控制信息DCI中的至少2比特。The method according to any one of claims 24 to 25 and 27 to 30 is characterized in that the first information is at least 2 bits in the radio resource control RRC, the media access control control element MAC CE, or the downlink control information DCI.
  32. 根据权利要求24或26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息为RRC、MAC CE、或者DCI中的1比特。The method according to claim 24 or 26 is characterized in that the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
  33. 根据权利要求24至32中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M=5,所述M个模式还包括:第五模式;The method according to any one of claims 24 to 32, characterized in that said M=5, and said M modes further include: a fifth mode;
    所述第五模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示在至少两个时刻分别发送同一个传输块;The fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
    所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中, The determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式或所述第二模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode or the second mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode;
    或者,or,
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式。When the value of the first information is a first value, N=1, and the first information indicates the first mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode.
  34. 根据权利要求24至33中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 24 to 33, characterized in that
    所述第一模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,The at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
    所述第一模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
  35. 根据权利要求24至34中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 24 to 34, characterized in that
    所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数;所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第三流数,或者所述第二预编码信息和层数关联所述第三流数;或者,The at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the second mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number; the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number, or the second precoding information and layer number are associated with the third stream number; or,
    所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第三流数,或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第三流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with the third number of streams.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三流数等于第一流数或者第二流数,或者,所述第三流数是所述第一流数和所述第二流数中的最小值;The method according to claim 35, characterized in that the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is the minimum value of the first stream number and the second stream number;
    其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  37. 根据权利要求24至36中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 24 to 36, characterized in that
    所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数,或者第二预编码信息和层数;其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,或者,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,The precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
    所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,或者,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数;A channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
    其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  38. 根据权利要求24至37中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 24 to 37, characterized in that
    所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第三预编码信息和层数,所述第三预编码信息和层数关联第四流数;或者,The at least one precoding information and layer number associated with the fourth mode includes: third precoding information and layer number, wherein the third precoding information and layer number are associated with a fourth stream number; or
    所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第四流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小小于或等于第一预编码信息和层数的大小和第二预编码信息和层数的大小之和,和/或,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小大于所述第一预编码信息和层数的大小或者所述第二预编码信息和层数的大小;The method according to claim 38, characterized in that the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
    其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数。 The first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two pieces of precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小小于或等于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小之和,和/或,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小大于所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小;The method according to claim 39 is characterized in that the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
    其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  41. 根据权利要求38至40中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四流数小于或等于第一流数和第二流数,和/或,所述第四流数大于所述第一流数或者所述第二流数;The method according to any one of claims 38 to 40, characterized in that the fourth flow number is less than or equal to the first flow number and the second flow number, and/or the fourth flow number is greater than the first flow number or the second flow number;
    其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  42. 根据权利要求24至37中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第四预编码信息和层数和第五预编码信息和层数,所述第四预编码信息和层数关联第五流数,所述第五预编码信息和层数关联第六流数;或者,The method according to any one of claims 24 to 37, characterized in that the at least one precoding information and layer number associated with the fourth mode comprises: fourth precoding information and layer number and fifth precoding information and layer number, the fourth precoding information and layer number are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and layer number are associated with a sixth stream number; or
    所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第四信道探测参考信号资源指示和第五信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第五流数,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第六流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四预编码信息和层数与第一预编码信息和层数相同,所述第五预编码信息和层数与第二预编码信息和层数相同,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数;The method according to claim 42, characterized in that the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers, the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers, and the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode;
    或者,or,
    所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示与第一信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示与第二信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  44. 根据权利要求42或43所示的方法,其特征在于,所述第五流数等于第一流数,所述第六流数等于第二流数,其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The method according to claim 42 or 43 is characterized in that the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number, and the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  45. 根据权利要求24至36、42至44中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示分别关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数与第二信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数相同;The method according to any one of claims 24 to 36 and 42 to 44, characterized in that the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the number of ports of each resource in the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
    所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合关联第二流数;The third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams;
    其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源集合是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的第二信道探测参考信号资源集合关联的流数。The first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
  46. 根据权利要求24至45中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:The method according to any one of claims 24 to 45, characterized in that determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises:
    预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第一模式或所述第二模式或所述第三模式、预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的至少一个天线端口为不相关时,所述N个模式不包括所述第四模式。When the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are associated with the first mode or the second mode or the third mode, and at least one antenna port associated with the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication is unrelated, the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
  47. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    接收模块,用于接收第一信息; A receiving module, configured to receive first information;
    处理模块,用于根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,N是大于0的整数,M是大于或等于N的整数;所述M个模式包括第一模式、第二模式、第三模式和第四模式中的一个或多个模式;a processing module, configured to determine N modes from the M modes according to the first information, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N; the M modes include one or more modes of the first mode, the second mode, the third mode, and the fourth mode;
    所述第一模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的不同部分;The first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with different parts of the one transport block;
    所述第二模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的相同部分;The second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of the one transport block;
    所述第三模式为根据一个预编码信息和层数,或一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a layer number, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
    所述第四模式为根据至少一个预编码信息和层数,或至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
    发送模块,用于根据所述N个模式中的一个模式发送传输块。A sending module is used to send a transmission block according to one of the N modes.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M=4,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The apparatus according to claim 47, wherein M=4, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或,When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, a precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and numbers of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or,
    所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或者,When the value of the first information is the third value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or
    所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the fourth value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
  49. 根据权利要求47或48所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M=3,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The device according to claim 47 or 48, characterized in that M=3, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
  50. 根据权利要求47至49中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 47 to 49, characterized in that
    所述接收模块,还用于接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述N个模式中的一个模式,以及,The receiving module is further configured to receive second information, where the second information is used to indicate one mode among the N modes, and
    所述发送模块,还用于根据所述第二信息指示的所述一个模式发送传输块。The sending module is further used to send a transmission block according to the mode indicated by the second information.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二信息的值为第五值时,所述第二信息指示所述第一模式;或者,The device according to claim 50, characterized in that when the value of the second information is a fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or
    所述第二信息的值为第六值时,所述第二信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the second information is a sixth value, the second information indicates the second mode.
  52. 根据权利要求47所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The apparatus according to claim 47, wherein M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the third mode, and one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信 息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is a third value, the first information indicates the third mode, and one precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode. information and number of layers, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a fourth value, the first information indicates the second mode.
  53. 根据权利要求47所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:The apparatus according to claim 47, wherein M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式;When the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fourth mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a third value, the first information indicates the second mode.
  54. 根据权利要求47至48、50至53中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息为无线资源控制RRC、媒体接入控制的控制元素MAC CE、或者下行控制信息DCI中的至少2比特。The device according to any one of claims 47 to 48 and 50 to 53 is characterized in that the first information is at least 2 bits in the radio resource control RRC, the media access control control element MAC CE, or the downlink control information DCI.
  55. 根据权利要求47或49所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息为RRC、MAC CE、或者DCI中的1比特。The device according to claim 47 or 49 is characterized in that the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
  56. 根据权利要求47至55中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M=5,所述M个模式还包括:第五模式;The device according to any one of claims 47 to 55, characterized in that said M=5, and said M modes further include: a fifth mode;
    所述第五模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示在至少两个时刻分别发送同一个传输块;The fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
    所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式或所述第二模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode or the second mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode;
    或者,or,
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式。When the value of the first information is a first value, N=1, and the first information indicates the first mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode.
  57. 根据权利要求47至56中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 47 to 56, characterized in that
    所述第一模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,The at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
    所述第一模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
  58. 根据权利要求47至57中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 47 to 57, characterized in that
    所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数;所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第三流数,或者所述第二预编码信息和层数关联所述第三流数;或者,The at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the second mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number; the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number, or the second precoding information and layer number are associated with the third stream number; or,
    所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第三流数,或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第三流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with the third number of streams.
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三流数等于第一流数或者第二流数,或者,所述第三流数是所述第一流数和所述第二流数中的最小值;The device according to claim 58, characterized in that the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is the minimum value of the first stream number and the second stream number;
    其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。 The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  60. 根据权利要求47至59中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 47 to 59, characterized in that
    所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数,或者第二预编码信息和层数;其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,或者,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,The precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
    所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,或者,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数;A channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
    其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  61. 根据权利要求47至60中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 47 to 60, characterized in that
    所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第三预编码信息和层数,所述第三预编码信息和层数关联第四流数;或者,The at least one precoding information and layer number associated with the fourth mode includes: third precoding information and layer number, wherein the third precoding information and layer number are associated with a fourth stream number; or
    所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第四流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小小于或等于第一预编码信息和层数的大小和第二预编码信息和层数的大小之和,和/或,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小大于所述第一预编码信息和层数的大小或者所述第二预编码信息和层数的大小;The apparatus according to claim 61, characterized in that the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
    其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数。The first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two pieces of precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
  63. 根据权利要求61所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小小于或等于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小之和,和/或,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小大于所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小;The apparatus according to claim 61, characterized in that the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
    其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  64. 根据权利要求61至63中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第四流数小于或等于第一流数和第二流数,和/或,所述第四流数大于所述第一流数或者所述第二流数;The device according to any one of claims 61 to 63, characterized in that the fourth flow number is less than or equal to the first flow number and the second flow number, and/or the fourth flow number is greater than the first flow number or the second flow number;
    其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  65. 根据权利要求47至60中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第四预编码信息和层数和第五预编码信息和层数,所述第四预编码信息和层数关联第五流数,所述第五预编码信息和层数关联第六流数;或者,The apparatus according to any one of claims 47 to 60, characterized in that the at least one precoding information and layer number associated with the fourth mode comprises: fourth precoding information and layer number and fifth precoding information and layer number, the fourth precoding information and layer number are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and layer number are associated with a sixth stream number; or
    所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第四信道探测参考信号资源指示和第五信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第五流数,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第六流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第四预编码信息和层数与第一预编码信息和层数相同,所述第五预编码信息和层数与第二预编码信息和层数相同,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数;The apparatus according to claim 65, characterized in that the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers, the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers, and the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode;
    或者,or,
    所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示与第一信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示与第二信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。 The fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  67. 根据权利要求65或66所示的装置,其特征在于,所述第五流数等于第一流数,所述第六流数等于第二流数,其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The device according to claim 65 or 66 is characterized in that the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number, and the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  68. 根据权利要求47至59、65至67中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第四模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示分别关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数与第二信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数相同;The device according to any one of claims 47 to 59 and 65 to 67, characterized in that the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the number of ports of each resource in the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
    所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合关联第二流数;The third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams;
    其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源集合是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的第二信道探测参考信号资源集合关联的流数。The first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
  69. 根据权利要求47至68中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 47 to 68, wherein determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises:
    预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第一模式或所述第二模式或所述第三模式、预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的至少一个天线端口为不相关时,所述N个模式不包括所述第四模式。When the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are associated with the first mode or the second mode or the third mode, and at least one antenna port associated with the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication is unrelated, the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
  70. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    发送模块,用于发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于从M个模式中确定N个模式,N是大于0的整数,M是大于或等于N的整数;所述M个模式包括第一模式、第二模式、第三模式和第四模式中的一个或多个模式;A sending module, configured to send first information, wherein the first information is used to determine N modes from M modes, where N is an integer greater than 0, and M is an integer greater than or equal to N; the M modes include one or more modes of a first mode, a second mode, a third mode, and a fourth mode;
    所述第一模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的不同部分;The first mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with different parts of the one transport block;
    所述第二模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示同时发送一个传输块,不同的预编码信息和层数或信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述一个传输块的相同部分;The second mode is to simultaneously send a transport block according to at least two precoding information and layer numbers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications, and different precoding information and layer numbers or channel sounding reference signal resource indications are associated with the same part of the one transport block;
    所述第三模式为根据一个预编码信息和层数,或一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The third mode is to send a transport block according to a precoding information and a layer number, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
    所述第四模式为根据至少一个预编码信息和层数,或至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示发送一个传输块;The fourth mode is to send a transport block according to at least one precoding information and the number of layers, or at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
    接收模块,用于根据所述N个模式中的一个模式接收传输块。The receiving module is used to receive the transmission block according to one mode among the N modes.
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M=4,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The apparatus according to claim 70, wherein M=4, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或,When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, a precoding information and a number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and numbers of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or a channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or,
    所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;或者,When the value of the first information is the third value, N=1, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode; or
    所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the fourth value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
  72. 根据权利要求70或71所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M=3,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式 中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The device according to claim 70 or 71, characterized in that M=3, the first information is selected from M patterns Determining N modes in the example includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式和所述第二模式;或者,When the value of the first information is the first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode and the second mode; or,
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式。When the value of the first information is the second value, N=1, and the first information indicates the fourth mode.
  73. 根据权利要求70至72中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块,还用于发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述N个模式中的一个模式,以及,The device according to any one of claims 70 to 72, characterized in that the sending module is further used to send second information, wherein the second information is used to indicate one mode among the N modes, and
    所述接收模块,还用于:根据所述第二信息指示的所述一个模式接收传输块。The receiving module is further used to: receive a transmission block according to the mode indicated by the second information.
  74. 根据权利要求73所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二信息的值为第五值时,所述第二信息指示所述第一模式;或者,The device according to claim 73, characterized in that when the value of the second information is a fifth value, the second information indicates the first mode; or
    所述第二信息的值为第六值时,所述第二信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the second information is a sixth value, the second information indicates the second mode.
  75. 根据权利要求70所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The apparatus according to claim 70, wherein M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数为所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the second value, the first information indicates the third mode, and one precoding information and one number of layers associated with the third mode are one of at least two precoding information and one number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to one of at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第三模式,所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数中的另一个预编码信息和层数,或所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示属于所述第一模式或所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示中的另一个信道探测参考信号资源指示;When the value of the first information is the third value, the first information indicates the third mode, one precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode belong to another precoding information and the number of layers of the at least two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode or the second mode, or one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode belongs to another channel sounding reference signal resource indication of the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode or the second mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第四值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a fourth value, the first information indicates the second mode.
  76. 根据权利要求70所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M=3,所述N=1,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:The apparatus according to claim 70, wherein M=3, N=1, and determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, the first information indicates the first mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第四模式;When the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fourth mode;
    所述第一信息的值为第三值时,所述第一信息指示所述第二模式。When the value of the first information is a third value, the first information indicates the second mode.
  77. 根据权利要求70至71、73至76中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息为无线资源控制RRC、媒体接入控制的控制元素MAC CE、或者下行控制信息DCI中的至少2比特。The device according to any one of claims 70 to 71 and 73 to 76 is characterized in that the first information is at least 2 bits in the radio resource control RRC, the media access control control element MAC CE, or the downlink control information DCI.
  78. 根据权利要求70或72所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息为RRC、MAC CE、或者DCI中的1比特。The device according to claim 70 or 72 is characterized in that the first information is 1 bit in RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
  79. 根据权利要求70至78中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M=5,所述M个模式还包括:第五模式;The device according to any one of claims 70 to 78, characterized in that said M=5, and said M modes further include: a fifth mode;
    所述第五模式为根据至少两个预编码信息和层数,或至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示在至少两个时刻分别发送同一个传输块;The fifth mode is to send the same transport block at at least two times according to at least two precoding information and the number of layers, or at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications;
    所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式包括:所述第一信息指示所述N个模式,其中,The determining N modes from M modes according to the first information includes: the first information indicates the N modes, wherein:
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=2,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式或所述第二模式;所述第一信息的值为第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式;When the value of the first information is a first value, N=2, and the first information indicates the first mode or the second mode; when the value of the first information is a second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode;
    或者,or,
    所述第一信息的值为第一值时,所述N=1,所述第一信息指示所述第一模式;所述第一信息的值为 第二值时,所述第一信息指示所述第五模式。When the value of the first information is the first value, N=1, and the first information indicates the first mode; When the value is the second value, the first information indicates the fifth mode.
  80. 根据权利要求70至79中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 70 to 79, characterized in that
    所述第一模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,The at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the first mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number, the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a first stream number, and the second precoding information and layer number are associated with a second stream number; or,
    所述第一模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number.
  81. 根据权利要求70至80中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 70 to 80, characterized in that
    所述第二模式关联的至少两个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数和第二预编码信息和层数;所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第三流数,或者所述第二预编码信息和层数关联所述第三流数;或者,The at least two precoding information and layer numbers associated with the second mode include: first precoding information and layer number and second precoding information and layer number; the first precoding information and layer number are associated with a third stream number, or the second precoding information and layer number are associated with the third stream number; or,
    所述第二模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第三流数,或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第三流数。The at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the second mode include: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a third number of streams, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with the third number of streams.
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三流数等于第一流数或者第二流数,或者,所述第三流数是所述第一流数和所述第二流数中的最小值;The device according to claim 81, characterized in that the third stream number is equal to the first stream number or the second stream number, or the third stream number is the minimum value of the first stream number and the second stream number;
    其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  83. 根据权利要求70至82中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 70 to 82, characterized in that
    所述第三模式关联的一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第一预编码信息和层数,或者第二预编码信息和层数;其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数关联第一流数,或者,所述第二预编码信息和层数关联第二流数;或者,The precoding information and the number of layers associated with the third mode include: first precoding information and the number of layers, or second precoding information and the number of layers; wherein the first precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a first stream number, or the second precoding information and the number of layers are associated with a second stream number; or,
    所述第三模式关联的一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第一信道探测参考信号资源指示,或者第二信道探测参考信号资源指示;其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第一流数,或者,所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第二流数;A channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the third mode includes: a first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, or a second channel sounding reference signal resource indication; wherein the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a first stream number, or the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a second stream number;
    其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  84. 根据权利要求70至83中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 70 to 83, characterized in that
    所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第三预编码信息和层数,所述第三预编码信息和层数关联第四流数;或者,The at least one precoding information and layer number associated with the fourth mode includes: third precoding information and layer number, wherein the third precoding information and layer number are associated with a fourth stream number; or
    所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第三信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第四流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a third channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fourth number of streams.
  85. 根据权利要求84所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小小于或等于第一预编码信息和层数的大小和第二预编码信息和层数的大小之和,和/或,所述第三预编码信息和层数的大小大于所述第一预编码信息和层数的大小或者所述第二预编码信息和层数的大小;The apparatus according to claim 84, characterized in that the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers and the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers, and/or the size of the third precoding information and the number of layers is greater than the size of the first precoding information and the number of layers or the size of the second precoding information and the number of layers;
    其中,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数。The first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two pieces of precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode.
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小小于或等于第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小和第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小之和,和/或,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小大于所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小或者所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示的大小; The apparatus according to claim 85, characterized in that the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is less than or equal to the sum of the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and/or the size of the third channel sounding reference signal resource indication is greater than the size of the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication or the size of the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication;
    其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  87. 根据权利要求84至86中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第四流数小于或等于第一流数和第二流数,和/或,所述第四流数大于所述第一流数或者所述第二流数;The device according to any one of claims 84 to 86, characterized in that the fourth flow number is less than or equal to the first flow number and the second flow number, and/or the fourth flow number is greater than the first flow number or the second flow number;
    其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  88. 根据权利要求70至83中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第四模式关联的至少一个预编码信息和层数,包括:第四预编码信息和层数和第五预编码信息和层数,所述第四预编码信息和层数关联第五流数,所述第五预编码信息和层数关联第六流数;或者,The apparatus according to any one of claims 70 to 83, characterized in that the at least one precoding information and layer number associated with the fourth mode comprises: fourth precoding information and layer number and fifth precoding information and layer number, the fourth precoding information and layer number are associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth precoding information and layer number are associated with a sixth stream number; or
    所述第四模式关联的至少一个信道探测参考信号资源指示,包括:第四信道探测参考信号资源指示和第五信道探测参考信号资源指示,所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第五流数,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示关联第六流数。The at least one channel sounding reference signal resource indication associated with the fourth mode includes: a fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication and a fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a fifth stream number, and the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is associated with a sixth stream number.
  89. 根据权利要求88所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第四预编码信息和层数与第一预编码信息和层数相同,所述第五预编码信息和层数与第二预编码信息和层数相同,所述第一预编码信息和层数和所述第二预编码信息和层数是所述第一模式关联的两个预编码信息和层数;The apparatus according to claim 88, characterized in that the fourth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the first precoding information and the number of layers, the fifth precoding information and the number of layers are the same as the second precoding information and the number of layers, and the first precoding information and the number of layers and the second precoding information and the number of layers are two precoding information and the number of layers associated with the first mode;
    或者,or,
    所述第四信道探测参考信号资源指示与第一信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第五信道探测参考信号资源指示与第二信道探测参考信号资源指示相同,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源指示和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源指示是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源指示。The fourth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication, the fifth channel sounding reference signal resource indication is the same as the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication, and the first channel sounding reference signal resource indication and the second channel sounding reference signal resource indication are two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the first mode.
  90. 根据权利要求88或89所示的装置,其特征在于,所述第五流数等于第一流数,所述第六流数等于第二流数,其中,所述第一流数和所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的两个流数。The device according to claim 88 or 89 is characterized in that the fifth stream number is equal to the first stream number, and the sixth stream number is equal to the second stream number, wherein the first stream number and the second stream number are two stream numbers associated with the first mode.
  91. 根据权利要求70至82、88至90中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第四模式关联的至少两个信道探测参考信号资源指示分别关联第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和第三信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数与第二信道探测参考信号资源集合中每个资源的端口数相同;The device according to any one of claims 70 to 82 and 88 to 90, characterized in that the at least two channel sounding reference signal resource indications associated with the fourth mode are respectively associated with a first channel sounding reference signal resource set and a third channel sounding reference signal resource set, and the number of ports of each resource in the third channel sounding reference signal resource set is the same as the number of ports of each resource in the second channel sounding reference signal resource set;
    所述第三信道探测参考信号资源集合关联第二流数;The third channel sounding reference signal resource set is associated with a second number of streams;
    其中,所述第一信道探测参考信号资源集合和所述第二信道探测参考信号资源集合是所述第一模式关联的两个信道探测参考信号资源集合,所述第二流数是所述第一模式关联的第二信道探测参考信号资源集合关联的流数。The first channel sounding reference signal resource set and the second channel sounding reference signal resource set are two channel sounding reference signal resource sets associated with the first mode, and the second number of streams is the number of streams associated with the second channel sounding reference signal resource set associated with the first mode.
  92. 根据权利要求70至91中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一信息从M个模式中确定N个模式,包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 70 to 91, wherein determining N modes from M modes according to the first information comprises:
    预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联所述第一模式或所述第二模式或所述第三模式、预编码信息和层数或者信道探测参考信号资源指示关联的至少一个天线端口为不相关时,所述N个模式不包括所述第四模式。When the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication are associated with the first mode or the second mode or the third mode, and at least one antenna port associated with the precoding information and the number of layers or the channel sounding reference signal resource indication is unrelated, the N modes do not include the fourth mode.
  93. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器用于执行存储于存储器中的指令,当所述指令被执行时,使得如权利要求1-23中任一项所述的方法被实现。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor, wherein the processor is used to execute instructions stored in a memory, and when the instructions are executed, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 23 is implemented.
  94. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器用于执行存储于存储器中的指令,当所述指令被执行时,使得如权利要求24-46中任一项所述的方法被实现。 A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor, wherein the processor is used to execute instructions stored in a memory, and when the instructions are executed, the method as claimed in any one of claims 24 to 46 is implemented.
  95. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求1-23中任一项所述的方法,或者实现如权利要求24-46中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 23 is implemented, or the method as described in any one of claims 24 to 46 is implemented.
  96. 一种计算机程序产品,包含程序指令,当所述程序指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-23,或者24-46中任一项所述的方法。 A computer program product comprises program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, or 24 to 46.
PCT/CN2023/127555 2022-11-04 2023-10-30 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2024093869A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211389658.7A CN117997393A (en) 2022-11-04 2022-11-04 Communication method and communication device
CN202211389658.7 2022-11-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024093869A1 true WO2024093869A1 (en) 2024-05-10

Family

ID=90896373

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/127555 WO2024093869A1 (en) 2022-11-04 2023-10-30 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117997393A (en)
WO (1) WO2024093869A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113271188A (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-17 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Data transmission method, terminal and base station
WO2021185089A1 (en) * 2020-03-19 2021-09-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Configuration and indication for enabling uplink transmission with multiple codewords
CN114586307A (en) * 2019-02-16 2022-06-03 弗劳恩霍夫应用研究促进协会 SRS configuration and indication for codebook and non-codebook based UL transmissions in a network
CN115004598A (en) * 2020-10-19 2022-09-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 PUSCH (physical uplink shared channel) indication method and device and PUSCH sending method and device
CN116801406A (en) * 2022-03-11 2023-09-22 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114586307A (en) * 2019-02-16 2022-06-03 弗劳恩霍夫应用研究促进协会 SRS configuration and indication for codebook and non-codebook based UL transmissions in a network
CN113271188A (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-17 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Data transmission method, terminal and base station
WO2021185089A1 (en) * 2020-03-19 2021-09-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Configuration and indication for enabling uplink transmission with multiple codewords
CN115004598A (en) * 2020-10-19 2022-09-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 PUSCH (physical uplink shared channel) indication method and device and PUSCH sending method and device
CN116801406A (en) * 2022-03-11 2023-09-22 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117997393A (en) 2024-05-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020187192A1 (en) Overheat indication method and related device
WO2018141272A1 (en) Terminal, network device and communication method
WO2019141285A1 (en) Antenna selection indication method, device and system
WO2021023215A1 (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
US20230109063A1 (en) Method for obtaining channel information and communications apparatus
EP3846532A1 (en) Power control method and device
CN104378148A (en) Current device to device and cellular communication method and system
WO2022001226A1 (en) Method for transmitting sounding reference signal (srs) and communication device
US20230078895A1 (en) Uplink reference signal sending method, uplink reference signal receiving method, and communication apparatus
WO2014183660A1 (en) Interference coordination parameter transmission method and apparatus, and interference coordination method and apparatus
WO2023169514A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20240098738A1 (en) Uplink transmission method, terminal device, and network device
WO2021207959A1 (en) Repeated transmission method and apparatus, and readable storage medium
US20230261835A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2024093869A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022188253A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
JP2024512823A (en) Communication method and communication device
JP2023538918A (en) How to share SRS resources between sets of SRS resources for different uses
CN114698104A (en) Method, device and system for indicating antenna port
WO2024067244A1 (en) Data sending method and apparatus
WO2024061093A1 (en) Uplink precoding indication method and communication apparatus
US20240023127A1 (en) Method for transmitting physical downlink control channel and device
WO2022247552A1 (en) Method and device for aligning downlink control information size
US20240178895A1 (en) Wireless communication method, first terminal device, and second terminal device
WO2023077382A1 (en) Methods of codebook based and non‐codebook based pusch transmission and related devices

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23884801

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1